CONFIG_MTD_DEVICE is required for the mtdparts command and but it is missing from the mvebu_armada-37xx.h
CONFIG_MTD_PARTITIONS is needed for the ubi support. Some of the Marvell based devices may require this as well.
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Vid <vladimir.vid@sartura.hr>
Signed-off-by: Luka Perkov <luka.perkov@sartura.hr>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
This is a series of line cards for Allied Telesis's SBx8100 chassis
switch. The CPU block is common to the SBx81GP24 and SBx81GT24 cards
cards collectively referred to as SBx81LIFXCAT in u-boot.
Signed-off-by: Chris Packham <judge.packham@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Now that there is DM support in the RTC_MV driver update board configs
to use it.
Signed-off-by: Chris Packham <judge.packham@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
To aid in migrating CONFIG_RTC_MV to Kconfig move the definition of it
from mv-plug-common.h to the board config headers that nest it.
Signed-off-by: Chris Packham <judge.packham@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
This allows selection of the boot device at build time without source
code modification.
Signed-off-by: Baruch Siach <baruch@tkos.co.il>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Use MVEBU_SPL_BOOT_DEVICE_* to select between SPI and MMC, instead of
board specific symbols. This commit enables the boot device selection
menu to all mvebu platforms, but it is only effective on Turris Omnia
and gdsys Controlcenter DC platforms. A following commit will enable
boot selection for other platforms.
Signed-off-by: Baruch Siach <baruch@tkos.co.il>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Add dummy functions when CONFIG_POWER_DOMAIN not defined.
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Anatolij Gustschin <agust@denx.de>
This patch moves the the config SYS_MALLOC_LEN to
Kconfig. It will be just for Zynq arch and to do
will be for all other archs.
Signed-off-by: Siva Durga Prasad Paladugu <siva.durga.paladugu@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: Vipul Kumar <vipul.kumar@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
There is no reason to have the same setting in subsequent config if we
can have it only once in shared.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
This change is necessary to allow booting the Odroid XU3 from SD card
after enabling the DM_MMC support.
After this change the SD card mmc IP block is correctly enumerated as mmc2
(and not as mmc1 as in the legacy code).
Signed-off-by: Lukasz Majewski <lukma@denx.de>
Tested-by: Anand Moon <linux.amoon@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Minkyu Kang <mk7.kang@samsung.com>
Several boards do not use the default UART3, so they do a check
for ifdef CONFIG_SPL_BUILD and enable the pointer for
CONFIG_SYS_NS16550_COMx to point to OMAP34XX_UARTx.
Let's consoldate this all into one place, and remove them from the
individual boards.
Signed-off-by: Adam Ford <aford173@gmail.com>
Add clk_valid() to check for optional clocks are valid.
Call clk_valid() in test/dm/clk.c and add relevant test routine to
sandbox clk tests.
Signed-off-by: Fabrice Gasnier <fabrice.gasnier@st.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The "Beaglebone Enhanced" by Sancloud is based on the Beaglebone Black,
but with the following differences:
* Gigabit capable PHY
* Extra USB hub, optional i2c control
* lps3331ap barometer connected over i2c
* MPU6050 6 axis MEMS accelerometer/gyro connected over i2c
* 1GiB DDR3 RAM
* RTL8723 Wifi/Bluetooth connected over USB
Signed-off-by: Koen Kooi <koen@dominion.thruhere.net>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
At present each entry has an offset within its parent section. This is
useful for figuring out how entries relate to one another. However it
is sometimes necessary to locate an entry within an image, regardless
of which sections it is nested inside.
Add a new 'image-pos' property to provide this information. Also add
some documentation for the -u option binman provides, which updates the
device tree with final entry information.
Since the image position is a better symbol to use for the position of
U-Boot as obtained by SPL, update the SPL symbols to use this instead of
offset, which might be incorrect if hierarchical sections are used.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
After some thought, I believe there is an unfortunate naming flaw in
binman. Entries have a position and size, but now that we support
hierarchical sections it is unclear whether a position should be an
absolute position within the image, or a relative position within its
parent section.
At present 'position' actually means the relative position. This indicates
a need for an 'image position' for code that wants to find the location of
an entry without having to do calculations back through parents to
discover this image position.
A better name for the current 'position' or 'pos' is 'offset'. It is not
always an absolute position, but it is always an offset from its parent
offset.
It is unfortunate to rename this concept now, 18 months after binman was
introduced. However I believe it is the right thing to do. The impact is
mostly limited to binman itself and a few changes to in-tree users to
binman:
tegra
sunxi
x86
The change makes old binman definitions (e.g. downstream or out-of-tree)
incompatible if they use the 'pos = <...>' property. Later work will
adjust binman to generate an error when it is used.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
That's a set of prety minor changes and fixes for ARC.
Among them:
* Improvement in CREG GPIO driver used on ARC dev boards
that allow us to re-use the driver for SPI's chip select
* Enable SPI-flsh on AXS10x boards which allows to update
U-Boot binary that gets loaded by boot-ROM
* Fix accommodating always utilized unaligned access by
GCC for ARC starting from 8.1.0
There was an EHCI endian accessor issue. Now it's fixed by commit
9829ce2ff2 ("usb: ehci: Fix accessors for big-endian platforms and
descriptors"). Revert commit e6a727fffe ("powerpc/T104xRDB: Fix
endian access issue on EHCI intinalization"). On T104x platform,
USB EHCI register use little endian.
Signed-off-by: Ran Wang <ran.wang_1@nxp.com>
[YS: revised commit message]
Reviewed-by: York Sun <york.sun@nxp.com>
There was an EHCI endian accessor issue. Now it's fixed by commit
9829ce2ff2 ("usb: ehci: Fix accessors for big-endian platforms and
descriptors"). Revert commit 0f2296bab1 ("powerpc/p1_p2_rdb_pc:
Fix endian access issue on EHCI intinalization"). On P1 P2 platforms,
USB EHCI register use little endian.
Signed-off-by: Ran Wang <ran.wang_1@nxp.com>
[YS: revised commit message]
Reviewed-by: York Sun <york.sun@nxp.com>
Now number of PHY on Allwinner is handling via dt data,
drivers at phy/allwinner/phy-sun4i-usb.c
Signed-off-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Tested-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Allwinner H6 is a new SoC from Allwinner features USB3 and PCIe
interfaces.
This patch adds support for it.
The corresponding DTSI file, from Linux next-20180720, is also
introduced.
Signed-off-by: Icenowy Zheng <icenowy@aosc.io>
Acked-by: Maxime Ripard <maxime.ripard@bootlin.com>
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@openedev.com>
Tested-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
As the Allwinner H6 chip has a new memory map, its GIC MMIO address is
thus different.
Change the address on H6.
Signed-off-by: Icenowy Zheng <icenowy@aosc.io>
Reviewed-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Acked-by: Maxime Ripard <maxime.ripard@bootlin.com>
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@openedev.com>
Tested-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
On the new Allwinner H6 SoC, the SRAM A2 address (SPL load address) is
at 0x20000, which is different with any old Allwinner SoCs.
Add SPL position and size configuration for this.
Signed-off-by: Icenowy Zheng <icenowy@aosc.io>
Reviewed-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@openedev.com>
Tested-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
The new Allwinner H6 SoC has its SRAM A1 at neither 0x0 nor 0x10000, but
it's at 0x20000. Thus the SUNXI_HIGH_SRAM option needs to be refactored
to support this new configuration.
Change it to SUNXI_SRAM_ADDRESS, which holds the real address of SRAM
A1 in the memory map.
Signed-off-by: Icenowy Zheng <icenowy@aosc.io>
Reviewed-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Acked-by: Maxime Ripard <maxime.ripard@bootlin.com>
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@openedev.com>
Tested-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
AXS10x boards have preloader that reads SPI flash pages and searches
special image header to fetch and load binary.
Add tool, make target (bsp-generate) to generate
update script and u-boot binary image with header for preloader.
Also add script to default environment to apply updates.
Signed-off-by: Eugeniy Paltsev <Eugeniy.Paltsev@synopsys.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexey Brodkin <abrodkin@synopsys.com>
Highlights this time:
- Many small fixes to improve spec compatibility (found by SCT)
- Almost enough to run with sandbox target
- GetTime() improvements
- Enable EFI_LOADER and HYP entry on ARMv7 with NONSEC=y
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v2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=ePTT
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'signed-efi-next' of git://github.com/agraf/u-boot
Patch queue for efi - 2018-07-25
Highlights this time:
- Many small fixes to improve spec compatibility (found by SCT)
- Almost enough to run with sandbox target
- GetTime() improvements
- Enable EFI_LOADER and HYP entry on ARMv7 with NONSEC=y
When called with ENVOP_SAVE, env_get_location() only returns the
gd->env_load_location variable without actually checking for
the environment location and priority.
This behaviour causes env_save() to fall into an infinite loop when
the low-level drv->save() call fails.
The env_save() function should not loop through the environment
location list but it should save the environment into the location
stored in gd->env_load_location by the last env_load() call.
Signed-off-by: Nicholas Faustini <nicholas.faustini@azcomtech.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Goldschmidt <sgoldschmidt@de.pepperl-fuchs.com>
While there is probably no reason to do so in a real life situation, it
will allow to compile test both stacks with the same sandbox defconfig.
As we cannot define two 'tpm' commands at the same time, the command for
TPM v1 is still called 'tpm' and the one for TPM v2 'tpm2'. While this
is the exact command name that must be written into eg. test files, any
user already using the TPM v2 stack can continue to do so by just writing
'tpm' because as long as TPM v1 support is not compiled, U-Boot prompt
will search for the closest command named after 'tpm'.
The command set can also be changed at runtime (not supported yet, but
ready to be), but as one can compile only either one stack or the other,
there is still one spot in the code where conditionals are used: to
retrieve the v1 or v2 command set.
Signed-off-by: Miquel Raynal <miquel.raynal@bootlin.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
[trini: In sandbox_tpm2_fill_buf() use NULL not \0 to ensure NULL
terminated string due to LLVM warning]
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
The udevice given to the open() function of course must be opened,
not closed.
Signed-off-by: Miquel Raynal <miquel.raynal@bootlin.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
With some recent changes to relevant drivers here the openrd board
(openrd_client in this case) does not fit within its size constraint.
We can however drop the slightly extended baudrate table and then the
duplication of mtdparts/mtdids in the default environment. These
defaults are set in the environment by the 'mtdparts' command and
otherwise referenced throughout the code.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
The default value with distro_bootcmd is 2 seconds, which is
reasonably fast, and provides a consistent experience across platforms
supporting distro_bootcmd.
The current bootdelay value of 0 seconds is a bit challenging to
interrupt when desired.
Acked-by: Lukasz Majewski <lukma@denx.de>
Signed-off-by: Vagrant Cascadian <vagrant@debian.org>
Signed-off-by: Minkyu Kang <mk7.kang@samsung.com>
Enable distro_bootcmd for a standardized boot process across multiple
platforms.
Acked-by: Lukasz Majewski <lukma@denx.de>
Signed-off-by: Vagrant Cascadian <vagrant@debian.org>
Signed-off-by: Minkyu Kang <mk7.kang@samsung.com>
Adding distro_bootcmd support bumps the default environment size over
4500. Increase to SZ_16K to allow for room to grow in the future.
Acked-by: Lukasz Majewski <lukma@denx.de>
Signed-off-by: Vagrant Cascadian <vagrant@debian.org>
Signed-off-by: Minkyu Kang <mk7.kang@samsung.com>
Replace non-standard variable names kerneladdr, initrdaddr and fdtaddr
with kernel_addr_r, ramdisk_addr_r and fdt_addr_r, as documented in
u-boot README.
Acked-by: Lukasz Majewski <lukma@denx.de>
Signed-off-by: Vagrant Cascadian <vagrant@debian.org>
Signed-off-by: Minkyu Kang <mk7.kang@samsung.com>
Now the UCLASS_ETH device "node" field is owerwritten by some network drivers in
case of Ethernet PHYs which are linked to UCLASS_ETH device using
"phy-handle" DT property and when Ethernet PHY driver needs to read some
additional information from DT. In such cases following happens (in
general):
- network drivers
priv->phydev = phy_connect(priv->bus, priv->phyaddr, dev,
priv->interface);
<-- phydev is connected to dev which is UCLASS_ETH device
if (priv->phy_of_handle > 0)
dev_set_of_offset(priv->phydev->dev, priv->phy_of_handle);
<-- phydev->dev->node is overwritten by phy-handle DT node
- PHY driver in .config() callback
int node = dev_of_offset(dev);
<-- PHY driver uses overwritten dev->node
const void *fdt = gd->fdt_blob;
if (fdtdec_get_bool(fdt, node, "property"))
...
As result, UCLASS_ETH device can't be used any more for DT accessing.
This patch adds additional ofnode node field to struct phy_device which can
be set explicitly by network drivers and used by PHY drivers, so
overwriting can be avoided. Also add helper function phy_get_ofnode()
which will check and return phy_device->node or dev_ofnode(phydev->dev) for
backward compatibility with existing drivers.
Signed-off-by: Grygorii Strashko <grygorii.strashko@ti.com>
Acked-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
Because some phy wants to export some functions [1], export.h was
including the whole phy subsystem which pulls in lots of stuff that
causes some ordering and redefinition issues. Split out the only part
that is actually needed in export.h and include it there and in phy.h.
[1] commit 9527931507 ("board/ls2085rdb: Export functions for
standalone AQ FW load apps")
Signed-off-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
The same basic parsing was implemented in tftp and nfs, so add a helper
function to do the work once.
Signed-off-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
For net_boot_common, we allow the serverip to be specified as part of
the boot file name. For net commands that require serverip, include that
source as a valid specification of serverip.
Signed-off-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
Reviewed-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
A new defconfig is introduced to support SPL boot from QSPI NOR
flash. This is to support falcon mode for faster booting into
Linux.
Signed-off-by: York Sun <york.sun@nxp.com>
For SoCs with PBL, u-boot-with-spl-pbl.bin is the final image for
SPL boot. Drop unused u-boot-with-spl.bin.
Signed-off-by: York Sun <york.sun@nxp.com>
CC: Ashish Kumar <ashish.kumar@nxp.com>
CC: Ruchika Gupta <ruchika.gupta@nxp.com>
CC: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
CC: Shengzhou Liu <Shengzhou.Liu@nxp.com>
For SPL boot with PBL, u-boot-with-spl-pbl.bin is the final image.
Drop unused u-boot-with-spl.bin.
Signed-off-by: York Sun <york.sun@nxp.com>
CC: Mingkai Hu <mingkai.hu@nxp.com>
CC: Ruchika Gupta <ruchika.gupta@nxp.com>
CC: Prabhakar Kushwaha <prabhakar.kushwaha@nxp.com>
CC: Udit Agarwal <udit.agarwal@nxp.com>
CC: Sumit Garg <sumit.garg@nxp.com>
CC: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
Commit a52ff334c5 ("armv8: ls1046ardb: SPL size reduction") reduced
image size for SPL. IFC was disabled. If PPA is loaded in SPL, MMU is
enabled as a result. Removing IFC skips IFC region in the MMU table,
causing later failure in RAM version U-boot when accessing CPLD
through IFC. Only disable IFC if PPA is not enabled for SPL.
Signed-off-by: York Sun <york.sun@nxp.com>
Move CONFIG_SPI_FLASH_SPANSION, CONFIG_SPI_FLASH, to defconfig.
Also disable disable 4K erase size option.
Signed-off-by: Ashish Kumar <Ashish.Kumar@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: York Sun <york.sun@nxp.com>
use "fsl_mc lazyapply dpl addr" instead of "fsl_mc apply dpl addr"
change dpl load addr to 0x80001000 from 0x80200000 because dpl gets
corrupted at 0x80200000 during bootm command excecution.
Signed-off-by: Jagdish Gediya <jagdish.gediya@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: York Sun <york.sun@nxp.com>
Remove unused function efi_get_time_init().
Initialization of the RTC has to be done in board bring up not in the EFI
subsystem.
There is no RTC device in the UEFI spec. The RTC is only accessed through
the runtime services.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
Use const for the buffer. We are not changing the buffer.
Use efi_uintn_t where prescribed by the UEFI spec.
Prefer u32 over uint32_t.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
The system table contains a link to the list of configurations tables.
These include the device tree, SMBIOS table, and the ACPI table.
This array is currently statically linked. With the patch it is allocated
as EFI_RUNTIME_SERVICES_DATA. Due to the structure of the system table we
cannot work with a linked list here.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
For the boot and runtime services tables and for the system table the
crc32 has to be set in the header.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
Provide a firmware revision in the system table using the Makefile
variables VERSION and PATCHLEVEL, e.g. 0x20180700 for v2018.07.
Correct the type of the firmware vendor. It is a u16* pointer.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
The value for EFI_RUNTIME_SERVICES_SIGNATURE does not match the
UEFI spec 2.7.
Reported-by: Takahiro Akashi <takahiro.akashi@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
Both in the boot and the runtime services tables we have to specify the
UEFI spec revision. The same value is already used for the system
table. So let's use a common constant.
In the boot services table we have to provide the header signature.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
The revision number has to be set in the loaded image protocol.
The problem was detected by running the SCT in
Protocol/LoadedImage/BlackBoxTest/LoadedImageBBTestMain.c:890
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
The UEFI spec requires that the memory map key is checked in
ExitBootServices().
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
Some times gcc may generate data that is then used within code that may
be part of an efi runtime section. That data could be jump tables,
constants or strings.
In order to make sure we catch these, we need to ensure that gcc emits
them into a section that we can relocate together with all the other
efi runtime bits. This only works if the -ffunction-sections and
-fdata-sections flags are passed and the efi runtime functions are
in a section that starts with ".text".
Up to now we had all efi runtime bits in sections that did not
interfere with the normal section naming scheme, but this forces
us to do so. Hence we need to move the efi_loader text/data/rodata
sections before the global *(.text*) catch-all section.
With this patch in place, we should hopefully have an easier time
to extend the efi runtime functionality in the future.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
[agraf: Fix x86_64 breakage]
We need to know about x86 relocation definitions even in cases where
we don't officially build against the x86 target, such as with sandbox.
So let's move the x86 definitions into the common elf header, where all
other architectures already have them.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
Varargs differ between sysv and ms abi. On x86_64 we have to follow the ms
abi though, so we also need to make sure we use x86_64 varargs helpers.
This patch introduces generic efi vararg helpers that adhere to the
respective EFI ABI. That way we can deal with them properly from efi
loader code and properly interpret variable arguments.
This fixes the InstallMultipleProtocolInterfaces tests in the efi selftests
on x86_64 for me.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
Switch to the distro boot for UniPhier platform.
- Remove the environment vairalbes used to load images from raw
block devices.
- Keep the command to download images via tftp. This will be
useful to boot the kernel when no valid kernel image is ready
yet in the file system.
- Use root.cpio.gz instead of root.cpio.uboot because we always know
the file size of the init ramdisk; it is loaded via either a file
system or network.
- Rename fit_addr_r to kernel_addr_r, which the distro command
checks to get the load address of FIT image.
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
The second argument of fdt_fixup_mtdparts() is an opaque pointer,
'void *node_info', hence callers can pass any pointer.
Obviously, fdt_fixup_mtdparts() expects 'struct node_info *'
otherwise, it crashes run-time.
Change the prototype so that it is compile-time checked.
Also, add 'const' qualifier to it so that callers can constify
the struct node_info arrays.
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
With recent kernel v4.18-rcx, uImage becomes bigger than 8MB.
Set SYS_BOOTM_LEN to 16MB, this fix the following error message:
"Fix Loading Kernel Image ... Image too large: increase
CONFIG_SYS_BOOTM_LEN"
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
A comment in the kernel doc of the mtd_oob_ops structure tells that it
is not possible to write more than one page with OOB. This was
probably true at some time in the past but today it is entirely wrong.
As one can see for instance in the nand_do_write_ops() helper available
in the NAND core, this implementation called by mtd->_write_oob()
simply loops over the pages until everything has been written.
Signed-off-by: Miquel Raynal <miquel.raynal@bootlin.com>
Our nand_ecc_modes_t is already a bit abused by value NAND_ECC_SOFT_BCH.
This enum should store ECC mode only and putting algorithm details there
is a bad idea. It would result in too many values impossible to support
in a sane way.
To solve this problem let's add a new enum. We'll have to modify all
drivers to set it properly but once it's done it'll be possible to drop
NAND_ECC_SOFT_BCH. That will result in a cleaner design and more
possibilities like setting ECC algorithm for hardware ECC mode.
Signed-off-by: Rafał Miłecki <zajec5@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Boris Brezillon <boris.brezillon@free-electrons.com>
[Linux commit: b0fcd8ab7b3c89b5da7fff5224d06ed73e7a33cc]
[Philippe Reynes: adapt code to u-boot]
Signed-off-by: Philippe Reynes <philippe.reynes@softathome.com>
The Linux kernel moved to sphinx-based documentation and got rid of the
DocBook based documentation quite a while ago. Hence, the DocBook
documentation for U-Boot should be converted as well.
To achieve this, import the necessary files from Linux v4.17, and
convert the current DocBook documentation (three files altogether) to
sphinx/reStructuredText.
For now, all old DocBook documentation was merged into a single
handbook, tentatively named "U-Boot Hacker Manual".
For some source files, the documentation style was changed to comply
with kernel-doc; no functional changes were applied.
Signed-off-by: Mario Six <mario.six@gdsys.cc>
There have been several minor changes to the OMAP3.dtsi, so this
patch re-syncs it with Linux. An addition include/dt-binding was
also brought with it.
Signed-off-by: Adam Ford <aford173@gmail.com>
The m5253evbe board has been marked as orphan since June of 2014 and
should have been dropped a while ago. Do so now.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
There are already definitions for ramdisk_addr_r and fdt_addr_r, so
having a duplicate copy called ramdiskaddr and fdtaddr is confusing.
This patch converts any references to ramdisk_addr_r and fdt_addr_r
and removes the duplicates.
Signed-off-by: Adam Ford <aford173@gmail.com>
Since the vast majority of i.MX6 boards are migrating to SPL,
this patch converts im6q_logic to SPL and enables the SDP for
loading SPL and u-boot.img over USB. The Falcon mode only
supports NAND flash as of now due to limited space/RAM, but
all i.MX6D/Q SOM's from Logic PD have internal NAND from which
to boot.
Signed-off-by: Adam Ford <aford173@gmail.com>
This allow the addition of extra default configurations for each
baseboard, removing the boot menu when user boots for the first time.
Signed-off-by: Otavio Salvador <otavio@ossystems.com.br>
Falcon mode boots the kernel directly from SPL, without loading
the full U-Boot.
As pico-imx7d does not have a GPIO for selecting Falcon versus
normal mode, enter in Falcon mode when the customer selects
the CONFIG_SPL_OS_BOOT option in menuconfig.
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Otavio Salvador <otavio@ossystems.com.br>
Currently the baseboards do not offer a way to autodetect which one is
in use, so we ask the user if no value has been set.
Signed-off-by: Otavio Salvador <otavio@ossystems.com.br>
Add spl entry on dfu_alt_info to be able to update U-Boot with SPL
for pico imx7d board.
Signed-off-by: Fabio Berton <fabio.berton@ossystems.com.br>
Signed-off-by: Otavio Salvador <otavio@ossystems.com.br>
Convert pico-imx7d to SPL support.
There are two variants of pico-imx7d SOMs:
- One with 512MB of RAM
- One with 1GB of RAM
The 512MB module contains two Hynix H5TC2G63GFR-PBA.
The 1GB module contains two Hynix H5TC4G63GFR-PBA.
The RAM size is determined in runtime by reading GPIO1_12.
While at it, also add USB Serial Download mode support as it
is very helpful for loading SPL and u-boot.img via imx_usb_loader.
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Otavio Salvador <otavio@ossystems.com.br>
fastboot tool is a convenient way to flash the eMMC, so
add support for it.
Examples of usages:
On the pico-imx7d U-Boot prompt:
=> fastboot 0
On the Linux PC connected via USB:
1. Retrieving the U-Boot version
$ sudo fastboot getvar bootloader-version -i 0x0525
bootloader-version: U-Boot 2018.07-rc1-03888-gde846f9
finished. total time: 0.000s
2. Resetting the board
$ sudo fastboot reboot -i 0x0525
(this causes the pico-imx7d to reboot)
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Otavio Salvador <otavio@ossystems.com.br>
This allow the use of:
> run setup_emmc
inside of the U-Boot prompt to do the partitioning of the disk.
Signed-off-by: Otavio Salvador <otavio@ossystems.com.br>
This sets DISTRO_CONFIG and BOOTCOMMAND, as well as add a `finduuid`
environment helper to allow it to properly work with Yocto Project and
other distributions using extlinux autogenerated configuration files.
Signed-off-by: Otavio Salvador <otavio@ossystems.com.br>
Instead of keeping a custom environment, use a more generic approach
by switching to disto config.
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Otavio Salvador <otavio@ossystems.com.br>
Previously we had stored the environment right after the
u-boot.img on the disk. I never liked this because with dtbs
being included and such the image could grow in size. Instead
we move the environment to be negatively offset from the 1MB
mark. Almost all our images start at 4MB's, and most standard
images start at 1MB, and all our storage devices are a minimum
1MB. Therefore we can store env there for all classes of devices
and have plenty of space in case u-boot.img needs to grow.
Signed-off-by: Jon Nettleton <jon@solid-run.com>
Signed-off-by: Baruch Siach <baruch@tkos.co.il>
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@nxp.com>
Mainline and now the SolidRun 4.9 nxp based tree use the new
reorganization of device-tree files that separate out the emmc
into its own dtb. u-boot will now look for -emmc in the device
tree name if one is detected.
Signed-off-by: Jon Nettleton <jon@solid-run.com>
Signed-off-by: Baruch Siach <baruch@tkos.co.il>
This code is useful for testing the existance of devices that
do not have card detect capabilities. This breaks out the core
functionality and leaves the actual init logic and error reporting
in mmc_start_init().
Signed-off-by: Jon Nettleton <jon@solid-run.com>
Signed-off-by: Baruch Siach <baruch@tkos.co.il>
Reviewed-by: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
The IN_PROGRESS macro has been removed in commit bd47c13583 (mmc: Fix
splitting device initialization). Remove it from the mmc_start_init()
function description.
Signed-off-by: Baruch Siach <baruch@tkos.co.il>
The DA850-EVM and OMAPL138_LCDK both use checks for CONFIG_USE_NAND.
This patch changes these checks to CONFIG_NAND which is already defined
in Kconfig. Since the OMAPL138_LCDK already had CONFIG_NAND defined in its
defconfig, it can be deleted from configs/omapl138_lcdk.h.
Signed-off-by: Adam Ford <aford173@gmail.com>
Currently the fdtfile environment variable is set to
CONFIG_DEFAULT_DEVICE_TREE which is іnternally used as U-Boot devicetree
source. The OS can use a different filename and Kconfig gives us the
ability to select a default devicetree via CONFIG_DEFAULT_FDT_FILE.
This also gives user configuring U-Boot via menuconfig the behaviour
someone would expect.
Signed-off-by: Klaus Goger <klaus.goger@theobroma-systems.com>
Tested-By: Vagrant Cascadian <vagrant@debian.org>
Reviewed-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Acked-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
The first dhcp command consistently fails with a timeout when
the lion-rk3368 board is connected to a Zyxel GS1100-24E
Gigabit Ethernet switch:
ethernet@ff290000 Waiting for PHY auto negotiation to complete......... TIMEOUT !
Increasing PHY_ANEG_TIMEOUT from the default 4000 to 8000 makes the
first dhcp command work reliably.
Signed-off-by: Jakob Unterwurzacher <jakob.unterwurzacher@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Acked-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
On some boards, we want to give the board/architecture-specific code a
chance to look at where the next image has been loaded from and
perform fixups before starting the next image. This is of particular
importance, when we probe multiple devices for bootable payloads and
boot the first one found.
This change adds the following:
- we record the boot_device used into the spl_image structure
- we provide an extension-point for boards/architectures that can
perform late fixups depending on a fully populated spl_image
structure (i.e. we'll know the final boot_device and have info
on the image type and operating system to be booted).
Signed-off-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Tested-by: Klaus Goger <klaus.goger@theobroma-systems.com>
Following next kernel rcc bindings, we must use a MFD
RCC driver which is able to bind both clock and reset
drivers.
We can reuse and adapt RCC MFD driver already available
for MCU SoCs (F4/F7/H7).
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
The test for (CONFIG_BOOTDELAY >= 0) has been in U-Boot since the
beginning, but the meaning of it has changed over time. Allow the
default to be set for any value, including -ve ones. This allows
(for example) CONFIG_ENV_IS_NOWHERE to have values for bootdelay in
its compiled in environment.
The only thing this changes is where the default for bootdelay can be
fetched from; before this change you get a compiled in default, after
you'll pull it from the default value in the environment, but both values
will be the same. Also if there's a value set in the environment then
that will take precedence (as before).
Signed-off-by: Alex Kiernan <alex.kiernan@gmail.com>
Our implementation of rtc_to_tm() cannot handle dates of more than
0x7fffffff seconds after 1970-01-01.
Adopt the Linux kernel implementation.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
- add a devicetree for each variant (mmc, spi, nand)
- drop unneeded code from board and bur/common
- drop unneeded stuff from config header files
- minor adaptions to be compliant with driver model (requesting gpio,..)
- harmonize the commandset over all brppt1 targets
Signed-off-by: Hannes Schmelzer <oe5hpm@oevsv.at>
With this commit we do:
- set the bootdelay in all brppt1 defconfigs to 0, this makes
development easier, since we can break into serial console.
- move CONFIG_BOOTCOMMAND from header file to defconfig
- introduce b_mode variable for selecting the final boot-target.
This b_mode represents the boot-switch, which can found on most b&r
targets. On the brppt1 this boot-switch is derived from some gpio and
the bootcounter within the RTC block, making it so possible to force
a boot-target (as example for repair-case).
- refactor the environment for booting new flexible way
primary we want to get some bootscr.img within the mass-storage,
this script then loads everything needed for the boot.
For legacy reason we implement the t30lgcy#x boot targets, booting the
already delivered linux-images.
- make space for the cfgscr within mtdparts on brppt1_nand
Signed-off-by: Hannes Schmelzer <oe5hpm@oevsv.at>
The falcon mode was never used on this board, there is also no plan to
use it. So drop this dead code.
Signed-off-by: Hannes Schmelzer <oe5hpm@oevsv.at>
On this linux target long time ago the OS is using DRM driver for
handling video output, the pre initialization of u-boot and the display
summary screen is obsolete. With this patch we drop the LCD-support from
thisd board.
Signed-off-by: Hannes Schmelzer <oe5hpm@oevsv.at>
This patch drops the lcd-screen setup, the summary screen and getting
mac-addresses based on a previous loaded device-tree for linux targets.
Selecting those linux target is simple, since we have only the brppt1.
In detail we do:
- drop the common lcd-setup code which relys on a fdt_blob
- drop the common dtb loading mechanism
- drop the now obsolete CONFIG_USE_FDT from board header and whitelist.
Signed-off-by: Hannes Schmelzer <oe5hpm@oevsv.at>
This is a uclass for Shared memory manager drivers.
A Shared Memory Manager driver implements an interface for allocating
and accessing items in the memory area shared among all of the
processors.
Signed-off-by: Ramon Fried <ramon.fried@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
QEMU provides an emulated ARM AMBA PrimeCell PL031 RTC.
The patch sets the base address in the board include file according to the
definition in hw/arm/virt.c of the QEMU source. It defines the Kconfig
option for the existing driver, and enables the RTC driver in
qemu_arm64_defconfig and qemu_arm_defconfig as well as the date command.
We need an RTC to provide the GetTime() runtime service in the UEFI
subsystem.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Reviewed-by: Tuomas Tynkkynen <tuomas.tynkkynen@iki.fi>
Tested-by: Tuomas Tynkkynen <tuomas.tynkkynen@iki.fi>
Signed-off-by: AKASHI Takahiro <takahiro.akashi@linaro.org>
This patch adds a delay when regulators are disabled.
This delay is set to 5 ms to cover all use cases.
The worst use case actually seen is during a SD card power cycle.
Signed-off-by: Christophe Kerello <christophe.kerello@st.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
This adds platform code for the FriendlyElec NanoPi K2 board based on a
Meson GXBB (S905) SoC with the Meson GXBB configuration.
This initial submission only supports:
- UART
- MMC/SDCard
- Ethernet
- Reset Controller
- Clock controller
Cc: Yuefei Tan <yftan@friendlyarm.com>
Signed-off-by: Thomas McKahan <tonymckahan@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Neil Armstrong <narmstrong@baylibre.com>
The function set_default_env() sets the hashtable flags for import_r().
Formally set_default_env() doesn't accept flags from its callers. In
practice the caller can (un)set the H_INTERACTIVE flag, but it has to be
done using the first character of the function's string argument. Other
flags like H_FORCE can't be set by the caller.
Change the function to accept flags argument. The benefits are:
1. The caller will have to explicitly set the H_INTERACTIVE flag,
instead of un-setting it using a special char in a string.
2. Add the ability to propagate flags from the caller to himport(),
especially the H_FORCE flag from do_env_default() in nvedit.c that
currently gets ignored for "env default -a -f" commands.
3. Flags and messages will not be coupled together. A caller will be
able to set flags without passing a string and vice versa.
Please note:
The propagation of H_FORCE from do_env_default() does not introduce any
functional changes, because currently himport_r() is set to destroy the
old environment regardless if H_FORCE flag is set or not. More changes
are needed to utilize the propagation of H_FORCE.
Signed-off-by: Yaniv Levinsky <yaniv.levinsky@compulab.co.il>
Acked-by: Igor Grinberg <grinberg@compulab.co.il>
The env_flag in do_env_default() doesn't get propagated and therefore
gets ignored by himport_r(). This breaks to ability to "forcibly" reset
variables to their default values using the environment command.
Scenario example of the problem:
# setenv kernel uImage
# setenv .flags kernel:so
# env default -f kernel
## Error: Can't overwrite "kernel"
himport_r: can't insert "kernel=zImage" into hash table
Change the call path so it will pass the flag correctly.
Signed-off-by: Yaniv Levinsky <yaniv.levinsky@compulab.co.il>
Acked-by: Igor Grinberg <grinberg@compulab.co.il>
Add ut_assertnull macro to include/test/ut.h
For testing of functions that returns NULL on errors.
Signed-off-by: Ramon Fried <ramon.fried@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Mini targets are using different ENV_SIZE then standard one that's why
defconfigs should be updated to simplify config files.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Add configuration files/dtses for mini u-boot configuration
which runs on smaller footprint of internal memory. This
configuration has only required qspi flash support and it
uses DCC as serial.
Signed-off-by: Siva Durga Prasad Paladugu <siva.durga.paladugu@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
This patch added support to enable CONFIG_ENV_SIZE, CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET
and CONFIG_ENV_SECT_SIZE through Kconfig for Zynq and Zynqmp.
Signed-off-by: Vipul Kumar <vipul.kumar@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Remove the SDRAM_BASE and SDRAM_SIZE as it can now get these
details from DT.
Signed-off-by: Siva Durga Prasad Paladugu <siva.durga.paladugu@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This patch renames the routine fdtdec_setup_memory_size()
to fdtdec_setup_mem_size_base() as it now fills the
mem base as well along with size.
Signed-off-by: Siva Durga Prasad Paladugu <siva.durga.paladugu@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
XILINX_SPI_FLASH_BASEADDR logic has been converted to DM that's why
there is no reason to depend on this address anymore.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Converting GPIO to DM requires to do changes in reset subsystem
that's why support for Microblaze soft reset via sysreset and GPIO
sysreset support was added.
These two patches enables enabling GPIO DM.
Microblaze soft reset is bind at last reset method.
GPIO reset is handled via sysreset with adding this fragment to DT.
gpio-restart {
compatible = "gpio-restart";
gpios = <&reset_gpio 0 0 0>;
/* 3rd cell ACTIVE_HIGH = 0, ACTIVE_LOW = 1 */
};
hard-reset-gpio property is not documented and also handled.
Conversion is required.
Unfortunately do_reset is required for SPL that's why use only soft
microblaze reset for now.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
These macros are not required anymore. These will be taken from
configuration file.
Signed-off-by: Shreenidhi Shedi <yesshedi@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
This patch basically adds two new commands for loadig secure
images.
1. zynq rsa adds support to load secure image which can be both
authenticated or encrypted or both authenticated and encrypted
image in xilinx bootimage(BOOT.bin) format.
2. zynq aes command adds support to decrypt and load encrypted
image back to DDR as per destination address. The image has
to be encrypted using xilinx bootgen tool and to get only the
encrypted image from tool use -split option while invoking
bootgen.
Signed-off-by: Siva Durga Prasad Paladugu <siva.durga.paladugu@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
There is no reason to define default option for this macro which is
already done in common/cli_hush.c.
86 #ifndef CONFIG_SYS_PROMPT_HUSH_PS2
87 #define CONFIG_SYS_PROMPT_HUSH_PS2 "> "
88 #endif
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Reviewed-by: York Sun <york.sun@nxp.com>
command_ret_t enum contains 3 return values but only two are handled
now. Extend cmd_process_error() and handle CMD_RET_USAGE separately.
These commands are affected by this change.
cmd/demo.c
cmd/efi.c
cmd/gpio.c
cmd/qfw.c
cmd/x86/fsp.c
test/dm/cmd_dm.c
And scripts shouldn't be affected because return value is not 0. But
every command implementation can choose what it is correct to pass.
I would expect that RET_USAGE is called when parameters are not
correctly passed (have incorrect value, missing parameters)
and RET_FAILURE when correct parameters are passed but command fails.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromum.org>
Update the device tree files from the Linux tree as of v4.18-rc3,
exactly Linux commit:
commit 55c5ba5e49a0a124ed416880e8227b493474495e
Author: Chen-Yu Tsai <wens@csie.org>
Date: Tue Apr 24 19:34:22 2018 +0800
arm64: dts: allwinner: h5: Add cpu0 label for first cpu
Since the H3 and H5 are very similar (aside from the actual ARM cores),
they share most the SoC .dtsi and thus have to be updated together.
One tiny change is the removal of the "arm/" prefix from the include
path in the sun50i-h5.dtsi, which is needed because we don't share the
same sophisticated DT directory layout of Linux.
Also we need to fix up the board .dts files already, since the .dtsi
removes some pins, so the .dts can't reference them anymore. This is to
maintain bisectability.
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Acked-by: Maxime Ripard <maxime.ripard@bootlin.com>
Acked-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Updates the device tree file from the the Linux tree as of v4.18-rc3,
exactly Linux commit:
commit c1cff65f9b16b31e731e2e75bbe06638c86e1996
Author: Harald Geyer <harald@ccbib.org>
Date: Thu Mar 15 16:25:08 2018 +0000
arm64: dts: allwinner: a64: add simplefb for A64 SoC
This also pulls in the newly required include files for the clock and
reset bindings, also removes the now redundant part from our
*-u-boot.dtsi overlay file.
I kept the PWM node from U-Boot, as we recently gained this explicitly
for U-Boot's own usage and I don't want to regress here. This node is in
the queue for mainline Linux already, so the next sync will make it all
equal again.
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Acked-by: Maxime Ripard <maxime.ripard@bootlin.com>
Acked-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Tested-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Add compatible string for i.MX8 and move imx_lpi2c.h from mx7ulp directory
to u-boot include directory as a common header file.
Signed-off-by: Ye Li <ye.li@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Add build support for Stratix SoC
Signed-off-by: Chin Liang See <chin.liang.see@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Ley Foon Tan <ley.foon.tan@intel.com>
Conflicts:
arch/arm/Kconfig
arch/arm/mach-socfpga/Kconfig
When generating timestamps in signatures, use imagetool_get_source_date()
so we can be overridden by SOURCE_DATE_EPOCH to generate reproducible
images.
Signed-off-by: Alex Kiernan <alex.kiernan@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromum.org>
Newer kernels have moved from ttyO0 to ttyS0, and when booting
it drops a notice:
WARNING: Your 'console=ttyO0' has been replaced by 'ttyS0'
This ensures that you still see kernel messages. Please
update your kernel commandline.
This patch updates the console to use ttyS0 and eliminate the
chatter.
Signed-off-by: Adam Ford <aford173@gmail.com>
Add support for loading U-Boot on the Broadcom 7445 SoC. This port
assumes Broadcom's BOLT bootloader is acting as the second stage
bootloader, and U-Boot is acting as the third stage bootloader, loaded
as an ELF program by BOLT.
Signed-off-by: Thomas Fitzsimmons <fitzsim@fitzsim.org>
Cc: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Cc: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Cc: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Remove empty #ifdef/#ifndef..#endif blocks where the configuration they
guarded has been completely removed.
Signed-off-by: Alex Kiernan <alex.kiernan@gmail.com>
Change to use CONFIG_IS_ENABLED(DM_RESET), so this can work in SPL
build (CONFIG_SPL_DM_RESET) and U-boot build (CONFIG_DM_RESET).
Signed-off-by: Ley Foon Tan <ley.foon.tan@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This commit adds uCRobotics Bubblegum-96 board support. This board is
one of the 96Boards Consumer Edition platform based on Actions Semi
S900 SoC.
Features:
- Actions Semi S900 SoC (4xCortex A53, Power VR G6230 GPU)
- 2GiB RAM
- 8GiB eMMC, uSD slot
- WiFi, Bluetooth and GPS module
- 2x Host, 1x Device USB port
- HDMI
- 20-pin low speed and 40-pin high speed expanders, 6 LED, 3 buttons
U-Boot will be loaded by ATF at EL2 execution level. Relevant driver
support will be added in further commits.
Signed-off-by: Manivannan Sadhasivam <manivannan.sadhasivam@linaro.org>
Add a way to decode a memory region, including the memory type (sram or
sdram) and its start address and size.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add a new device_bind_ofnode() function which can bind a device given its
ofnode. This allows binding devices more easily with livetree nodes.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
It is sometimes useful to show a message when logging an error return
value, perhaps to add a few details about the problem. Add a function to
support this.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
We have a 32-bit version of this function. Add a 64-bit version as well so
we can easily read 64-bit ints from the device tree.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Support a default memory bank, specified in reg, as well as
board-specific memory banks in subtree board-id nodes.
This allows memory information to be provided in the device tree,
rather than hard-coded in, which will make it simpler to handle
similar devices with different memory banks, as the board-id values
or masks can be used to match devices.
Signed-off-by: Michael Pratt <mpratt@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Vadim Bendebury <vbendeb@chromium.org>
The various Aries Embedded boards have been orphaned for a year and no
one has come forward to take care of them. Remove.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
The ax25-ae350 target currently uses CONFIG_BOOTP_SERVERIP which means we
ignore the DHCP provided TFTP ip address. This breaks every case where we
do now provide a serverip environment variable.
Instead, let's use the new CONFIG_BOOT_PREFER_SERVERIP option to fall back
to the DHCP provided TFTP IP if no serverip environment variable is set.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
Acked-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
Acked-by: Rick Chen <rick@andestech.com>
We can call commands like dhcp and bootp without arguments or with
explicit command line arguments that really should tell the code where
to look for files instead.
Unfortunately, the current code simply overwrites command line arguments
in the dhcp case with dhcp values.
This patch allows the code to preserve the command line values if they
were set on the command line. That way the semantics are slightly more
intuitive.
The reason this patch does that by introducing a new variable is that we
can not rely on net_boot_file_name[0] being unset, as today it's
completely legal to call "dhcp" and afterwards run "tftp" and expect the
latter to repeat the same query as before. I would prefer not to break
that behavior in case anyone relies on it.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
Acked-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
Add a new command 'wol': Wait for an incoming Wake-on-LAN packet or
time out if no WoL packed is received.
If the WoL packet contains a password, it is saved in the environment
variable 'wolpassword' using the etherwake format (dot or colon
separated decimals).
Intended use case: a networked device should boot an alternate image.
It's attached to a network on a client site, modifying the DHCP server
configuration or setup of a tftp server is not allowed.
After power on the device waits a few seconds for a WoL packet. If a
packet is received, the device boots the alternate image. Otherwise
it boots the default image.
This method is a simple way to interact with a system via network even
if only the MAC address is known. Tools to send WoL packets are
available on all common platforms.
Some Ethernet drivers seem to pad the incoming packet. The additional
padding bytes might be recognized as Wake-on-LAN password bytes.
By default enabled in pengwyn_defconfig.
Signed-off-by: Lothar Felten <lothar.felten@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
ACPI tables can be passed via EFI configuration table to an EFI
application. This is only supported on x86 so far.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
`nand_get_flash_type()` allows identification of supported NAND flashs.
The function is useful in SPL (like mxs_nand_spl.c) to lookup for a NAND
flash (which does not support ONFi) instead of using nand_simple.c and
hard-coding all required NAND parameters.
Signed-off-by: Jörg Krause <joerg.krause@embedded.rocks>
The PFUZE3000 uses registers addresses up to 0xff.
The DM pfuze100 driver supports both pfuze100 and pfuze3000. Allow it
to use the device type to return the correct number of registers.
Also rename the too generic PMIC_NUM_OF_REGS enumeration value for
pfuze3000 to match the other "PFUZE3000_" prefixed enumerations and the
pfuze100 enumeration value PFUZE100_NUM_OF_REGS.
Cc: Peng Fan <Peng.Fan@freescale.com>
Cc: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com>
Cc: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
Cc: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Trent Piepho <tpiepho@impinj.com>
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@nxp.com>
Currently efi.h determines a few bits of its environment according to
config options. This falls apart with the efi stub support which may
result in efi.h getting pulled into the stub as well as real U-Boot
code. In that case, one may be 32bit while the other one is 64bit.
This patch changes the conditionals to use compiler provided defines
instead. That way we always adhere to the build environment we're in
and the definitions adjust automatically.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
[bmeng: added some comments to describe the __x86_64__ check]
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
For boards that don't route serial port pins out, it's quite common
to attach a USB keyboard as the input device, along with a monitor.
However USB is not automatically started in the generic efi payload
codes. This uses a payload specific last_stage_init() to start the
USB bus, so that a USB keyboard can be used on the U-Boot shell.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
BOOT2 partition is empty and free for using to store the environment.
Use that instead of the default user partition.
Signed-off-by: Ramon Fried <ramon.fried@gmail.com>
cpu_cmd() is reading cpu number via simple_strtoul() which is always
unsigned type.
Platform code implementations are not expecting that nr can be negative
and there is not checking in the code for that too.
This patch is using u32 type for cpu number to make sure that platform
code get proper value range.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Add option to the booti_setup() which indicates to it that the caller
requires the image to be relocated to the beginning of the RAM and
that the information whether the image can be located anywhere in RAM
at 2 MiB aligned boundary or not is to be ignored. This is useful ie.
in case the Image is wrapped in another envelope, ie. fitImage and not
relocating it but moving it would corrupt the envelope.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Cc: Bin Chen <bin.chen@linaro.org>
Cc: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
Cc: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-By: Bin Chen <bin.chen@linaro.org>
When enabling BLOCK_CACHE on devices with limited RAM during SPL,
some devices may not boot. This creates an option to enable
block caching in SPL by defaults off. It is dependent on SPL_BLK
Fixes: 46960ad6d0 ("block: Have BLOCK_CACHE default to y in some cases")
Signed-off-by: Adam Ford <aford173@gmail.com>
Don't continue updating the offset when buffer is full.
When the buffer size exhausts and there's no space left to write
warn the user and update only the needed size and not both the
offset and needed size.
Add needed buffer size information in the iotrace command.
Signed-off-by: Ramon Fried <ramon.fried@gmail.com>
The header definitions are needed for reading
record information in cmd/iotrace.c
Signed-off-by: Ramon Fried <ramon.fried@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Remove empty #ifdef/#ifndef..#endif blocks where the configuration they
guarded has been completely removed.
Signed-off-by: Chris Packham <judge.packham@gmail.com>
1. Add vbmeta partition info to android partition layout for TI
platforms.
2. Add support of AVB 2.0 (including avb subset of commands) for am57xx HS
Signed-off-by: Igor Opaniuk <igor.opaniuk@linaro.org>
[trini: Move to include/environment/ti/boot.h, reword commit slightly]
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
1. Add initial support of boot states mode (red, green, yellow)
2. Add functions for enforcing dm-verity configurations
Signed-off-by: Igor Opaniuk <igor.opaniuk@linaro.org>
Implement AVB ops on top of existing mmc subsystem API. Currently there
is a full implementation of such operations, defined by [1]
AVB2.0 specification:
.read_from_partition() - reads N bytes from a partition identified by
a name.
.write_to_partition() - Writes N bytes to a partition identified by a name.
.validate_vbmeta_public_key() - checks if the given public ‘vbmeta’
partition is trusted.
.get_unique_guid_for_partition() - Gets the GUID for a partition identified
by a string name.
As [1] specification recommends to use tamper-evident storage for storing
rollback indexes and device state (LOCKED/UNLOCKED),
currently are only stubs instead of full implementation for these ops:
.read_rollback_index() - Gets the rollback index for a given index location
.write_rollback_index() - Sets the rollback index to a given location
.read_is_device_unlocked() - Gets where the device is unlocked
[1] https://android.googlesource.com/platform/external/avb/+/master/README.md
Signed-off-by: Igor Opaniuk <igor.opaniuk@linaro.org>
In order to properly detect the board the checks need to be done
in a specific order. Move these tests back into a single enum
function that will always return the proper the board it is checking.
This also adds the best test we have for detecting the rev 1.5 som,
and it simplifies the device-tree filename building.
Signed-off-by: Jon Nettleton <jon@solid-run.com>
Signed-off-by: Baruch Siach <baruch@tkos.co.il>
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@nxp.com>
Since kernel commit 41bbeadceb03 ("ARM: dts: imx7d-pico-pi: Separate
into cpu and baseboard dts") the dtb name has changed.
Fix it accordingly.
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <festevam@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Otavio Salvador <otavio@ossystems.com.br>
We should use the baudrate variable available inside U-Boot
environment to allow it to be changed dynamically.
Signed-off-by: Otavio Salvador <otavio@ossystems.com.br>
If GPT gets broken, then after N boot attempts we will run the SWUpdate
restoration image.
On its enter we will check GPT and restore it if needed.
To test it:
display5 > mmc write 0x12000000 4 8
It will overwrite the primary GPT table.
Signed-off-by: Lukasz Majewski <lukma@denx.de>
After splitting rootfs images to BACKUP and ACTIVE, the "factory"
u-boot also needs to update the former.
Signed-off-by: Lukasz Majewski <lukma@denx.de>
Test case:
The fitImage gets corrupted:
truncate -c -s 3M fitImage
run tftp_mmc_fitImg
setenv boot_os y
reset
[board shall hang in SPL with
"Trying to boot from MMC1" information]
Then after X seconds WDT is causing board to reset. After N boot attempts
we enter recovery mode.
Signed-off-by: Lukasz Majewski <lukma@denx.de>
To enter the special mode, one needs to short cut two pads with e.g. screw
driver.
After power up the SPL will execute u-boot in which proper actions will be
taken.
It is worth noting that we do not alter envs (even the BOOT_FROM variable)
and unconditionally go to recovery.
Signed-off-by: Lukasz Majewski <lukma@denx.de>
The SPI-NOR partition information has been updated to store
swupdate-kernel-FIT just after envs as well as two times larger
swupdate-initramfs image.
Signed-off-by: Lukasz Majewski <lukma@denx.de>
This is a prerequisite patch to combine SWUpdate and Linux recovery
initramfs images.
It removes the support for it.
Signed-off-by: Lukasz Majewski <lukma@denx.de>
Since display5 is now supporting boot counting, we can just reset the
board when bootm fails (i.e. it doesn't boot the fitImage kernel for
any reason).
Signed-off-by: Lukasz Majewski <lukma@denx.de>
It may be necessary to update the content of the whole SPI-NOR memory at
once with using a single command (tftp_sf_img).
Signed-off-by: Lukasz Majewski <lukma@denx.de>
To test if this partition is present - one needs to write:
display5 > sf probe; mtdparts
display5 > sf erase factory +0x100000
Signed-off-by: Lukasz Majewski <lukma@denx.de>
When BOOT_FROM = FACTORY, then the LEG's factory setup is performed.
This code relies on boot_nfs u-boot command, so it shall be adjusted
appropriately (e.g. provide proper fitImage file).
Signed-off-by: Lukasz Majewski <lukma@denx.de>
To avoid confusion, let's rename the efi-x86 target to efi-x86_app.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
If UEFI BIOS has the graphics output protocol (GOP), let's pass its
information to U-Boot payload so that U-Boot can utilize it (eg:
an EFI framebuffer driver).
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
It is possible to create a generic EFI payload for all x86 boards.
The payload is configured to include as many generic drivers as
possible. All stuff that touches low-level initialization are not
allowed as such is the EFI BIOS's responsibility. Platform specific
drivers (like gpio, spi, etc) are not included.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Here we just add a tool for HSDK flashable images preparation
together with extensive documentation for HSDK board.
This will help real-life users to update U-Boot on the board.
HSDK board has preloader that reads SPI flash pages and searches
for a special image header to fetch and load binary.
Add tool, make target (bsp-generate) to generate
update script and u-boot binary image with header for preloader.
Also add script to default environment to apply updates.
Signed-off-by: Eugeniy Paltsev <Eugeniy.Paltsev@synopsys.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexey Brodkin <abrodkin@synopsys.com>
Point the $loadaddr variable and default load address to a more sane
area, 384 MiB from the start of RAM. This is to avoid all the reserved
memory at the beginning of RAM. The old behavior could still be easily
retained by "setenv loadaddr 0x48080000" . The new setup allows us to
use for example modern fitImage with kernel_noload, so use this as a
new preferred default.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Cc: Nobuhiro Iwamatsu <iwamatsu@nigauri.org>
Point the $loadaddr variable and default load address to a more sane
area, 256 MiB from the start of RAM. While it is convenient to use
uImage without copying, which is why the previous load address was
set the way it was, uImage is now legacy. This behavior could still
be easily retained by "setenv loadaddr 0x40007fc0" . The new setup
allows us to use for example modern fitImage with kernel_noload, so
use this as a new preferred default.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Cc: Nobuhiro Iwamatsu <iwamatsu@nigauri.org>
The CONFIG_SYS_CLK_FREQ is not used on some of the Gen3 boards,
remove it. Moreover, on Ebisu this actually didn't match the
comment in the config file at all, but since it was not used,
there was no real problem.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Cc: Nobuhiro Iwamatsu <iwamatsu@nigauri.org>
A few minor fixes for the release:
- Compile fixes
- HI20 relocations for RISC-V
- Fix bootefi without load path
- Fix Runtime Services with certain compilers
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v2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=/PaA
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'signed-efi-next' of git://github.com/agraf/u-boot
Patch queue for efi - 2018-06-14
A few minor fixes for the release:
- Compile fixes
- HI20 relocations for RISC-V
- Fix bootefi without load path
- Fix Runtime Services with certain compilers
Sync the gpio.h header with Linux 4.17, which contains new macros.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Cc: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
When building with -pedantic the current definition of EFI_GUID() causes
an error 'initializer element is not constant'.
Currently EFI_GUID() is used both as an anonymous constant and as an
intializer. A conversion to efi_guid_t is not allowable when using
EFI_GUID() as an initializer. But it is needed when using it as an
anonymous constant.
We should not use EFI_GUID() for anything but an initializer. So let's
introduce a variable where needed and remove the conversion.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
The PE standard allows for HI20/LOW12 relocations. Within the efi_loader
target we always know that our relocation target is 4k aligned, so we
don't need to worry about the LOW12 part.
This patch adds support for the respective relocations. With this and a
few grub patches I have cooking in parallel I'm able to run grub on RISC-V.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
Add the new mode to indicate a built-in PHY.
This will be used by UniPhier AVE ethernet driver.
Signed-off-by: Kunihiko Hayashi <hayashi.kunihiko@socionext.com>
Reviewed-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
VCAP tables must be initialized even if no advanced classification
is used. If no initialization is performed, then ECC error will
be observed by the user when the first packet enters the l2switch.
The error is marked in MPIC_EISR0 -bit 29 which means - Internal RAM
multi-bit ECC error.
This patch fixes the aforementioned ECC error by performing the
initialization of VCAP tables.
Signed-off-by: Radu Bulie <radu-andrei.bulie@nxp.com>
Acked-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
Add support for Cortina CS4223 10G PHY
- As per the CS4223 specs, an EEPROM module is
connected to the PHY. At startup the PHY reads
the firmware line and tries to load the firmware
into the internal memory.
- This driver reads the EEPROM status
and checks if firmware has been loaded
Signed-off-by: Vicentiu Galanopulo <vicentiu.galanopulo@nxp.com>
Acked-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
After the commit 265edc03d5 ("fs/fat: Clean up open-coded sector
<-> cluster conversions"), it is hung up writing new file to FAT16
disk with more than 19 files in armv7. It is because result value
of sect_to_cluster() is not proper by casting from signed value to
unsigned value. Fix the wrong casting of sect_to_cluster().
Reported-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Seung-Woo Kim <sw0312.kim@samsung.com>
Reviewed-by: Lukasz Majewski <lukma@denx.de>
generic.h has changed in Linux and new addtionals functions were
added.
This commit takes the latest and greatest from Linux (v4.17-rc5)
to aid with porting drivers that utilize these functions.
Signed-off-by: Ramon Fried <ramon.fried@gmail.com>
In upstream Linux kernel, the fdtfile
for this specific board is called am335x-wega-rdk.dtb
Signed-off-by: Matwey V. Kornilov <matwey.kornilov@gmail.com>
The helios4 is built on the SolidRun Armada 38x SOM.
The port os based on the ClearFog board, using information from
https://github.com/helios-4/u-boot-marvell as well as dtb input
from https://github.com/helios-4/linux-marvell
Signed-off-by: Dennis Gilmore <dennis@ausil.us>
Signed-off-by: Dennis Gilmore <dgilmore@redhat.com>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Added the following:
1. defconfig for LS1012AFRWY Secure boot
2. PfE Validation support
Signed-off-by: Vinitha V Pillai <vinitha.pillai@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: York Sun <york.sun@nxp.com>
FRWY-LS1012A belongs to LS1012A family with features 2 1G SGMII PFE
MAC, Micro SD, USB 3.0, DDR, QuadSPI, Audio, UART.
Signed-off-by: Bhaskar Upadhaya <Bhaskar.Upadhaya@nxp.com>
[yorks: rebase and fix SPDX tag]
[yorks: fix board/freescale/ls1012afrdm/Kconfig]
Reviewed-by: York Sun <york.sun@nxp.com>
When dealing with a lot of IO regions, sometimes
it makes sense only to trace a specific one.
This patch adds support for region limits.
If region is not set, the iotrace works the same as it was.
If region is set, the iotrace only logs io operation that falls
in the defined region.
Signed-off-by: Ramon Fried <ramon.fried@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add WARN_ONCE definition to allow single time notification
of warnings to the user.
Taken from Linux kernel (4.17) with slight changes
(Removed __section(.data.once))
Signed-off-by: Ramon Fried <ramon.fried@gmail.com>
[trini: Drop the musb and dwc3 compat versions]
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
In commit e163a931af ("cmd: gpt: backup boot code before writing MBR")
there was added the procedure for storing old boot code when doing "gpt
write". But instead of storing just backup code, the whole MBR was
stored, and only specific fields were replaced further, keeping
everything else intact. That's obviously not what we want.
Fix the code to actually store only old boot code and zero out
everything else. This fixes next testing case:
=> mmc write $loadaddr 0x0 0x7b
=> gpt write mmc 1 $partitions
In case when $loadaddr address and further memory contains 0xff, the
board was bricked (ROM-code probably didn't like partition entries that
were clobbered with 0xff). With this patch applied, commands above don't
brick the board.
Signed-off-by: Sam Protsenko <semen.protsenko@linaro.org>
Cc: Alejandro Hernandez <ajhernandez@ti.com>
Tested-by: Andy Shevchenko <andy.shevchenko@gmail.com>
This updates the LEGO MINDSTORMS EV3 boot script to try loading a
uEnv.txt file and a da850-lego-ev3.dtb device tree during boot.
Signed-off-by: David Lechner <david@lechnology.com>
This removes the unused clock and RAM config options that were cargo-
culted when this board was copied from the DA850 EVM.
Signed-off-by: David Lechner <david@lechnology.com>
This disables networking related items in the config. The EV3 does not have
any networking hardware, so this is wasted space.
Signed-off-by: David Lechner <david@lechnology.com>
This increases the kernel image to 4M and the rootfs image to 10M.
It is getting hard to get a kernel image to fit in 3M.
Signed-off-by: David Lechner <david@lechnology.com>
The u-boot binary sits in flash immediately before the environment.
Don't allow the binary size to grow into the environment space.
Signed-off-by: Chris Packham <judge.packham@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
The u-boot binary sits in flash immediately before the environment.
Don't allow the binary size to grow into the environment space.
Signed-off-by: Chris Packham <judge.packham@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
The SBx81LIFKW boards connect to the internal chassis management network
via a Marvell 88e6097 L2 switch. The chassis connections are direct
serdes on ports 8 and 9 with a RGMII interface on port 10 connected to
the CPU MAC.
For debugging purposes ports 0 and 1 are also taken out to headers on
the board. Because the debug interfaces are sometimes connected to with
straight ribbon cables we need to run them at 10Mbps.
Signed-off-by: Chris Packham <judge.packham@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
This is a series of line cards for Allied Telesis's SBx8100 chassis
switch. The CPU block is common to the SBx81GS24a, SBx81XS6, SBx81XS16
and SBx81GT40 cards collectively referred to as SBx81LIFKW in u-boot.
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Signed-off-by: Chris Packham <judge.packham@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
This switches the clearfog boards to use DM based gpio and i2c
drivers. The io expanders are configured via their device-tree
entries.
Signed-off-by: Jon Nettleton <jon@solid-run.com>
[baruch: add DT i2c aliases]
Signed-off-by: Baruch Siach <baruch@tkos.co.il>
Reviewed-by: Chris Packham <judge.packham@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
The a38x sata interfaces run in ahci mode and can
be accessed via the scsi command.
Signed-off-by: Jon Nettleton <jon@solid-run.com>
[baruch: rebase on current upstream]
Signed-off-by: Baruch Siach <baruch@tkos.co.il>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
The default value with distro_bootcmd is 2 seconds, which is
reasonably fast, and provides a consistent experience across platforms
supporting distro_bootcmd.
The current bootdelay value of 0 seconds is a bit challenging to
interrupt when desired.
Signed-off-by: Vagrant Cascadian <vagrant@debian.org>
Acked-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Acked-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
A number of fixes and feature completeness work this time around:
- Fix sunxi GOP reservation
- Fix cursor position
- Fix efi_get_variable
- Allow more selftest parts to build on x86_64
- Allow unaligned memory access on armv7
- Implement ReinstallProtocolInterface
- More sandbox preparation
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v2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=gcE4
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'signed-efi-next' of git://github.com/agraf/u-boot
Patch queue for efi - 2018-06-03
A number of fixes and feature completeness work this time around:
- Fix sunxi GOP reservation
- Fix cursor position
- Fix efi_get_variable
- Allow more selftest parts to build on x86_64
- Allow unaligned memory access on armv7
- Implement ReinstallProtocolInterface
- More sandbox preparation
The magic value that disables relocation is dependent on the CPU word
size, so the current 'ffffffff' is doing the wrong thing on aarch64.
Signed-off-by: Tuomas Tynkkynen <tuomas@tuxera.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
This exported function should have a comment describing what it does. Also
it should really be removed in favour of device_remove(), which handles
this sort of thing now. Add a comment with a TODO.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
This undocumented function relies on arch-specific code to declare a nop
weak version. Add the weak function in common code instead to avoid having
to duplicate the same function in each arch.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
Add an implementation of setjmp() and longjmp() which rely on the
underlying host C library. Since we cannot know how large the jump buffer
needs to be, pick something that should be suitable and check it at
runtime. At present we need access to the underlying struct as well.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
Clarify the operation of this code with some additional comments.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
The UEFI spec mandates that unaligned memory access should be enabled if
supported by the CPU architecture.
This patch adds an empty weak function unaligned_access() that can be
overridden by an architecture specific routine.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
The definitons of the variable services are adjusted:
- use efi_uintn_t instead of unsigned long
- use u16 * instead of s16 * for Unicode strings
- correct definition of QueryVariableInfo
- rename efi_get_next_variable to efi_get_next_variable_name
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
This patch adds support for loading secure bitstreams on ZynqMP
platforms. The secure bitstream images has to be generated using
Xilinx bootgen tool.
Signed-off-by: Siva Durga Prasad Paladugu <siva.durga.paladugu@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
This patch adds support to load secure bitstreams(authenticated or
encrypted or both). As of now, this feature is added and tested only
for xilinx bitstreams and the secure bitstream was generated using
xilinx bootgen tool, but the command is defined in more generic way.
Command example to load authenticated and device key
encrypted bitstream is as follows
"fpga loads 0 100000 2000000 0 1"
Signed-off-by: Siva Durga Prasad Paladugu <siva.durga.paladugu@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Enable MTD partitioning support on Gen2 boards with SPI NORs.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Cc: Nobuhiro Iwamatsu <iwamatsu@nigauri.org>
Here we do a couple of minor fixes like:
- Move .ivt section to the very beginning of the image
by default which allows us to use that image put right
at reset vector (usually 0x0)
- Improve relocation fix-up which became required once
we moved .ivt and understood a problem with existing implementation
where we relied on a particular placement of sections.
Now we don't care about placement because we just explicitly
check for .text and in case of ARCompact .ivt sections
- Re-implemnt do_reset() such that it calls reset_cpu() which
could implmented for a particular board
And hte most important part we introduce support for yet another
devboard from Synopsys - EMDK.
Synopsys DesignWare ARC EM Development Kit (ARC EMDK) is
an FPGA-based development platform from Synopsys aimed to speed-up
development of software for ARC EM cores and entire subsystems based on
ARC EM like Data Fusion, Secure and Sensor & Control subsystems.
U-Boot is supposed to be used as a primary bootloader on EMDK allowing
users to easily load and start their application from micro-SD card.
Signed-off-by: Alexey Brodkin <abrodkin@synopsys.com>
This adds the following commits from upstream:
aadd0b65c987 checks: centralize printing of property names in failure messages
88960e398907 checks: centralize printing of node path in check_msg
f1879e1a50eb Add limited read-only support for older (V2 and V3) device tree to libfdt.
37dea76e9700 srcpos: drop special handling of tab
65893da4aee0 libfdt: overlay: Add missing license
962a45ca034d Avoid installing pylibfdt when dependencies are missing
cd6ea1b2bea6 Makefile: Split INSTALL out into INSTALL_{PROGRAM,LIB,DATA,SCRIPT}
51b3a16338df Makefile.tests: Add LIBDL make(1) variable for portability sake
333d533a8f4d Attempt to auto-detect stat(1) being used if not given proper invocation
e54388015af1 dtc: Bump version to v1.4.6
a1fe86f380cb fdtoverlay: Switch from using alloca to malloc
c8d5472de3ff tests: Improve compatibility with other platforms
c81d389a10cc checks: add chosen node checks
e671852042a7 checks: add aliases node checks
d0c44ebe3f42 checks: check for #{size,address}-cells without child nodes
18a3d84bb802 checks: add string list check for *-names properties
8fe94fd6f19f checks: add string list check
6c5730819604 checks: add a string check for 'label' property
a384191eba09 checks: fix sound-dai phandle with arg property check
b260c4f610c0 Fix ambiguous grammar for devicetree rule
fe667e382bac tests: Add some basic tests for the pci_bridge checks
7975f6422260 Fix widespread incorrect use of strneq(), replace with new strprefixeq()
fca296445eab Add strstarts() helper function
cc392f089007 tests: Check non-matching cases for fdt_node_check_compatible()
bba26a5291c8 livetree: avoid assertion of orphan phandles with overlays
c8f8194d76cc implement strnlen for systems that need it
c8b38f65fdec libfdt: Remove leading underscores from identifiers
3b62fdaebfe5 Remove leading underscores from identifiers
2d45d1c5c65e Replace FDT_VERSION() with stringify()
2e6fe5a107b5 Fix some errors in comments
b0ae9e4b0ceb tests: Correct warning in sw_tree1.c
Commit c8b38f65fdec upstream ("libfdt: Remove leading underscores from
identifiers") changed the multiple inclusion define protection, so the
kernel's libfdt_env.h needs the corresponding update.
Signed-off-by: Rob Herring <robh@kernel.org>
[ Linux commit: 9130ba884640328bb78aaa4840e5ddf06ccafb1c ]
[erosca: - Fixup conflicts in include/linux/libfdt_env.h caused by v2018.03-rc4
commit b08c8c4870 ("libfdt: move headers to <linux/libfdt.h>
and <linux/libfdt_env.h>")
- Fix build errors in lib/libfdt/fdt_ro.c, tools/libfdt/fdt_rw.c by:
- s/_fdt_mem_rsv/fdt_mem_rsv_/
- s/_fdt_offset_ptr/fdt_offset_ptr_/
- s/_fdt_check_node_offset/fdt_check_node_offset_/
- s/_fdt_check_prop_offset/fdt_check_prop_offset_/
- s/_fdt_find_add_string/fdt_find_add_string_/]
Signed-off-by: Eugeniu Rosca <erosca@de.adit-jv.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
This is control board on Bitmain Antminer S9.
There are 3 board variables with 256MB, 512MB and 1024MB DDR.
DDR memory is automatically detected with using get_with using
get_ram_size().
Bitmain is using 16MB space for FPGA which is handled via
reserved-memory. Also U-Boot is allocating 16B for storing bootcounts.
Watchdog is started but never service in U-Boot.
SPL MMC is working. SPL NAND is not working because it is not supported
as of now.
Signed-off-by: Ezequiel Garcia <ezequiel@vanguardiasur.com.ar>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <monstr@monstr.eu>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Introduce 'oem format' which matches the USB implementation, guard this
with CONFIG_FASTBOOT_CMD_OEM_FORMAT so that you can configure it out.
Signed-off-by: Alex Kiernan <alex.kiernan@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add fs_get_type_name so we can get the current filesystem type.
Signed-off-by: Alex Kiernan <alex.kiernan@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
Rename fb_mmc_flash_write/fb_mmc_erase/fb_nand_flash_write/fb_nand_erase to
fastboot_... as they form a public interface
Signed-off-by: Alex Kiernan <alex.kiernan@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Move FASTBOOT_VERSION to include/fastboot.h so when we merge the UDP code
we only have one definition.
Signed-off-by: Alex Kiernan <alex.kiernan@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Acked-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
Rename fb_set_reboot_flag to fastboot_set_reboot_flag so it matches
all other fastboot code in the global name space. Fix the guards around
them so that they're dependent on FASTBOOT, not just USB_FUNCTION_FASTBOOT.
Move the weak implementation of fastboot_set_reboot_flag to fb_common.c
so we can call it from non-USB fastboot code.
Signed-off-by: Alex Kiernan <alex.kiernan@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Acked-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
Add drivers/fastboot/fb_common.c, where fastboot_okay/fail are implemented
so we can call them from a non-USB implementation.
Introduce fastboot_response which takes varargs parameters so we can
use it to generate formatted response strings. Refactor fastboot_okay/fail
to use it.
Signed-off-by: Alex Kiernan <alex.kiernan@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
Add the response string as a parameter to fastboot_okay/fail, instead
of modifying a global, to match the contract expected by the AOSP
U-Boot code.
Signed-off-by: Alex Kiernan <alex.kiernan@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
Android documentation defines the recommended image format for storing
DTB/DTBO files in a single dtbo.img image. This patch includes the
latest header file with the struct definitions for this format from
AOSP.
The header was adapted to U-Boot's coding style and the function
declarations were removed.
Signed-off-by: Alex Deymo <deymo@google.com>
[trini: Change SDPX tag location]
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This was being used by some Marvell boards to enable some file system
related features (many of which have already been moved to Kconfig).
Make the future migration of the final 2 or 3 config options easier by
expanding #define CONFIG_SYS_MVFS into the options that it enables and
remove CONFIG_SYS_MVFS.
Signed-off-by: Chris Packham <judge.packham@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Enable cfi flash driver and setup flash
parameters to support parallel nor flash
which type is JS28F00A-M29EWH.
Verification:
Size detection, data read, erase and write are all ok.
Signed-off-by: Rick Chen <rick@andestech.com>
Signed-off-by: Rick Chen <rickchen36@gmail.com>
Cc: Greentime Hu <green.hu@gmail.com>
Rename
nx25 as ax25
ae250 as ae350
nx25-ae250 as ax25-ae350
including filename, variable, string and definition.
Signed-off-by: Rick Chen <rick@andestech.com>
Signed-off-by: Rick Chen <rickchen36@gmail.com>
Cc: Greentime Hu <green.hu@gmail.com>
Distro boot allows for a common boot path on systems that allow distributions
to easily boot from a default configuration.
This patch enables distro boot for the nx25-ae250. Hopefully this can serve
as a good example for new boards, so they enable it as well.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
While we don't have UEFI naming conventions for RISC-V file paths yet,
we need to search for something. So let's copy the removable file paths
from the RISC-V edk2 port.
Also add the official VCI strings that contain the standardized RISC-V
architecture ID fields.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
We were using our EFI_CACHELINE_SIZE define only in the runtime service
code, but left the image loader to use plain CONFIG_SYS_CACHELINE_SIZE.
This patch moves EFI_CACHELINE_SIZE into efi_loader.h and converts
the image loader to use it.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
mv-common.h and mv-plug-common.h still had comments delimiting sections
of configuration options that have all been moved to Kconfig by previous
treewide efforts. Remove the redundant comment sections.
Signed-off-by: Chris Packham <judge.packham@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
The last option guarded by this ifdef was removed in commit 68d5342017
("sf: Move SPI flash drivers to defconfig"). Remove the now empty
ifdef/endif block and the associated comment.
Signed-off-by: Chris Packham <judge.packham@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Import the dts files from Linux 4.17 and enable CONFIG_OF_CONTROL.
Signed-off-by: Chris Packham <judge.packham@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Import the dts files from Linux 4.17 and enable CONFIG_OF_CONTROL.
Signed-off-by: Chris Packham <judge.packham@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
The sunxi otg phy has a bug where it wrongly detects a high speed squelch
when reset on the root port gets de-asserted with a lo-speed device.
The workaround for this is to disable squelch detect before de-asserting
reset, and re-enabling it after the reset de-assert is done. Add a sunxi
specific phy function to allow the sunxi-musb glue to do this.
Signed-off-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Acked-by: Jun Nie <jun.nie@linaro.org>
ID and VBUS detection code require when musb changing
between Host and/or Peripheral modes.
Signed-off-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Acked-by: Jun Nie <jun.nie@linaro.org>
Add FIT data-position & data-offset property support for bootm,
which were already supported in SPL.
Signed-off-by: Kelvin Cheung <keguang.zhang@gmail.com>
Implements serial setparity ops to allow uart parity change.
It allows to select ODD, EVEN or NONE parity.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
This patch adds pinmux and pinctrl driver for TLMM
subsystem in snapdragon chipsets.
Currently, supporting only 8016, but implementation is
generic and 8096 can be added easily.
Driver is using the generic dt-bindings and doesn't
introduce any new bindings (yet).
Signed-off-by: Ramon Fried <ramon.fried@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Currently, if we happen to allocate an address requiring 64 bits to a
device only supporting 32-bit BARs, the address eventually gets silently
truncated to 32 bits. Avoid this by adding a new flag to
pciauto_region_allocate() to bail out in such situations.
Signed-off-by: Tuomas Tynkkynen <tuomas.tynkkynen@iki.fi>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add support for the TPM2_PCR_SetAuthPolicy and
TPM2_PCR_SetAuthValue commands.
Change the command file and the help accordingly.
Note: These commands could not be tested because the TPMs available
do not support them, however they could be useful for someone else.
The user is warned by the command help.
Signed-off-by: Miquel Raynal <miquel.raynal@bootlin.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Add support for the TPM2_HierarchyChangeAuth command.
Change the command file and the help accordingly.
Signed-off-by: Miquel Raynal <miquel.raynal@bootlin.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Add support for the TPM2_DictionaryAttackParameters and
TPM2_DictionaryAttackLockReset commands.
Change the command file and the help accordingly.
Signed-off-by: Miquel Raynal <miquel.raynal@bootlin.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Add support for the TPM2_GetCapability command.
Change the command file and the help accordingly.
Signed-off-by: Miquel Raynal <miquel.raynal@bootlin.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Add support for the TPM2_PCR_Read command.
Change the command file and the help accordingly.
Signed-off-by: Miquel Raynal <miquel.raynal@bootlin.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Add support for the TPM2_PCR_Extend command.
Change the command file and the help accordingly.
Signed-off-by: Miquel Raynal <miquel.raynal@bootlin.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Add support for the TPM2_Clear command.
Change the command file and the help accordingly.
Signed-off-by: Miquel Raynal <miquel.raynal@bootlin.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Add support for the TPM2_Selftest command.
Change the command file and the help accordingly.
Signed-off-by: Miquel Raynal <miquel.raynal@bootlin.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Add support for the TPM2_Startup command.
Change the command file and the help accordingly.
Signed-off-by: Miquel Raynal <miquel.raynal@bootlin.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Choice between v1 and v2 compliant functions is done with the
configuration.
Create the various files that will receive TPMv2-only code on the same
scheme as for the TPMv1 code.
Signed-off-by: Miquel Raynal <miquel.raynal@bootlin.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Both parameters 'duration_ms' and 'retry_time_ms' of the tpm_chip_priv
structure are documented is the comment above the declaration but 'buf'
was forgotten. Add the missing description.
Signed-off-by: Miquel Raynal <miquel.raynal@bootlin.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
There are no changes in this commit but a new organization of the code
as follow.
* cmd/ directory:
> move existing code from cmd/tpm.c in cmd/tpm-common.c
> move specific code in cmd/tpm-v1.c
> create a specific header file with generic definitions for
commands only called cmd/tpm-user-utils.h
* lib/ directory:
> move existing code from lib/tpm.c in lib/tpm-common.c
> move specific code in lib/tpm-v1.c
> create a specific header file with generic definitions for
the library itself called lib/tpm-utils.h
* include/ directory:
> move existing code from include/tpm.h in include/tpm-common.h
> move specific code in include/tpm-v1.h
Code designated as 'common' is compiled if TPM are used. Code designated
as 'specific' is compiled only if the right specification has been
selected.
All files include tpm-common.h.
Files in cmd/ include tpm-user-utils.h.
Files in lib/ include tpm-utils.h.
Depending on the specification, files may include either (not both)
tpm-v1.h or tpm-v2.h.
Signed-off-by: Miquel Raynal <miquel.raynal@bootlin.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
[trini: Fix a few more cases of tpm.h -> tpm-v1.h, some Kconfig logic]
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Fix following checkpatch.pl issues in TPM-related code:
CHECK: '<x>' may be misspelled - perhaps '<y>'?
Signed-off-by: Miquel Raynal <miquel.raynal@bootlin.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Fix following checkpatch.pl issue in TPM-related code:
CHECK: Prefer using the BIT macro
Signed-off-by: Miquel Raynal <miquel.raynal@bootlin.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Fix following checkpatch.pl issues in TPM-related code:
CHECK: Prefer kernel type 'u8' over 'uint8_t'
CHECK: Prefer kernel type 'u16' over 'uint16_t'
CHECK: Prefer kernel type 'u32' over 'uint32_t'
Signed-off-by: Miquel Raynal <miquel.raynal@bootlin.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add support for DEBUG_UART on ARC devboards
This required us to do 2 things:
1) Insert a call to debug_uart_init() in early boot code
2) Convert serial_arc to Kconfig
Once both items above are done we just patched defconfigs.
Some minor fixes for the Raspberry Pi:
- Fix SD writes on new sdhost controller
- Sanitize default load addresses, allowing for better payload placement
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v2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=te7/
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'signed-rpi-next' of git://github.com/agraf/u-boot
Patch queue for rpi - 2018-05-24
Some minor fixes for the Raspberry Pi:
- Fix SD writes on new sdhost controller
- Sanitize default load addresses, allowing for better payload placement
As of Linux 4.16, a multiplatform AArch64 kernel with our distro config
takes 26M. The current space reservation leaves only 17M for the kernel
and if it goes over it, the initrd gets overwritten when loading the
kernel from the filesystem.
A similar problem happens on ARMv7 with the DTBs taken from the
downstream Raspberry Pi foundation kernel. I guess they compile them
with DT overlay support enabled which grows them just enough.
Fix both of these problems by rewriting the memory map, which now allows
kernels to be up to 36M and DTBs up to 1M. Also the comment block was
kind of obsolete ever since the introduction of AArch64 support and the
firmware-loaded DTB doesn't get placed at 0x100 anymore either, so that
is fixed as well.
Signed-off-by: Tuomas Tynkkynen <tuomas@tuxera.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
Just add IH_TYPE_STANDALONE to fit_get_image_type_property().
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Pantelis Antoniou <pantelis.antoniou@konsulko.com>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
For sama5d2_xplained_spiflash_defconfig, we have the demo layout
as presented on this link:
http://www.at91.com/linux4sam/bin/view/Linux4SAM/Sama5d2XplainedMainPage#SPI_eMMC_Flash_demo_Memory_map
on SPI Flash (4 Mbyte) we have Bootstrap (second level bootloader), U-boot + env
and kernel+dtb we keep on eMMC on single partition in /boot directory, formatted
with ext4.
Thus, changing the boot command to reflect this demo for the spiflash config,
and fixing up bootargs. Sama5d2_xplained does not have NAND flash, so the
bootargs were completely wrong.
Fixes: "5abc1a45": common: Move CONFIG_BOOTARGS to Kconfig
Signed-off-by: Eugen Hristev <eugen.hristev@microchip.com>
Last user of this driver went away in June 2015 in commit
d928664f41 ("powerpc: 74xx_7xx: remove 74xx_7xx cpu support")
Signed-off-by: Tuomas Tynkkynen <tuomas@tuxera.com>
Acked-by: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
Last user of this driver went away in June 2015 in commit
d928664f41 ("powerpc: 74xx_7xx: remove 74xx_7xx cpu support")
Signed-off-by: Tuomas Tynkkynen <tuomas@tuxera.com>
In order to have a single ENV_OFFSET to manage, use the same as the sama5 one.
This address matches our NAND flash map available at:
http://www.at91.com/linux4sam/bin/view/Linux4SAM/Sama5d3XplainedMainPage#NAND_Flash_demo_Memory_map
Signed-off-by: Nicolas Ferre <nicolas.ferre@microchip.com>
[eugen.hristev@microchip.com: rework on latest version of u-boot]
Signed-off-by: Eugen Hristev <eugen.hristev@microchip.com>
We only call fit_conf_print from one place in the code, so mark it as
static and move it up to where we call it. This in turn has us move a
few other already static functions up further as well.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Convert CONFIG_SUPPORT_EMMC_RPMB to Kconfig. Split the command handling
from the underlying support and expose this through CMD_MMC_RPMB.
Signed-off-by: Alex Kiernan <alex.kiernan@gmail.com>
Back in the old days, 0x100 was used as the address to pass the device tree
from firmware into the kernel. This has since changed to a more dynamic
location, so using 0x100 actually breaks more things than it helps with.
Let's move the device tree default location for distro boot to a more sane
place that gives us enough head room in low memory.
Reported-by: Tuomas Tynkkynen <tuomas@tuxera.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
For booting Linux in the generic distro mechanism, cmd/pxe.c
retrieves the FDT file name from "fdtfile" environment variable.
Rename "fdt_file" to "fdtfile" for easier migration to distro boot.
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
The V2H Blanche port was broken since some time. This patch updates
the V2H Blanche port to use modern frameworks, DM, DT probing, SPL
for the preloading and puts it on par with the M2 Porter board.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Cc: Nobuhiro Iwamatsu <iwamatsu@nigauri.org>
Remove harcoded XHCI lists and detect mode, speed based on DT.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Serial-changes: 2
- Remove also XHCI macros from hardware.h
- Remove additional new line in zcu106
Add support to get maximum speed from dt so that usb drivers
makes use of it for DT parsing.
Signed-off-by: Mugunthan V N <mugunthanvnm@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
(rebase and fix errors)
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Enable memory allocation in SPL for preparation to enable FAT
in SPL. Memory allocation is needed by FAT to work properly.
Signed-off-by: Tien Fong Chee <tien.fong.chee@intel.com>
Reviewed-by: Dinh Nguyen <dinguyen@kernel.org>
Pull the serial port configuration from DT and use DM serial instead
of having the serial configuration in two places, DT and board config.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Chin Liang See <chin.liang.see@intel.com>
Cc: Dinh Nguyen <dinguyen@kernel.org>
This was never used, is not used anywhere and is just in the way
by adding annoying ifdeffery. Get rid of it.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Chin Liang See <chin.liang.see@intel.com>
Cc: Dinh Nguyen <dinguyen@kernel.org>
The global data are in the .data section, so there's no point in
reserving any space for it above stack. Put stack at the end of
SRAM.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Chin Liang See <chin.liang.see@intel.com>
Cc: Dinh Nguyen <dinguyen@kernel.org>
The DT bindings for the Arria10 clock init have changed, add another
compatible to make them work with U-Boot until a proper clock driver
gets written.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Cc: Chin Liang See <chin.liang.see@intel.com>
Cc: Dinh Nguyen <dinguyen@kernel.org>
The struct uc_pmic_priv's trans_len field stores the number of types to
be transmitted per PMIC transfer.
Signed-off-by: Lukasz Majewski <lukma@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This patch adds definition of the number of bytes sent at once by the
MC34708 PMIC.
Signed-off-by: Lukasz Majewski <lukma@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add DFU support for BTicino Mamoj board and update
the same steps in README.
Signed-off-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Signed-off-by: Simone CIANNI <simone.cianni@bticino.it>
Signed-off-by: Raffaele RECALCATI <raffaele.recalcati@bticino.it>
CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_MMC must be declared in defconfig to properly
support "env save".
Signed-off-by: Sebastian Reichel <sebastian.reichel@collabora.co.uk>
The mx6_common.h file already defines BOUNCE_BUFFER so no need to
definit it again in specific configs.
Signed-off-by: Peter Robinson <pbrobinson@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Lukasz Majewski <lukma@denx.de>
It makes sense to select the MP multi processor option at the same time we
select the other SMP options needed for SMP capable i.MX6 SoCs.
Signed-off-by: Peter Robinson <pbrobinson@gmail.com>
Move CONFIG_MX31 from mx31pdk.h to mx31pdk_defconfig and introduce
necessary Kconfig changes as well.
Signed-off-by: Magnus Lilja <lilja.magnus@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This replaces TARGET_GE_B{4,6,8}50V3 with common TARGET_GE_BX50V3.
The boards are identified automatically at runtime.
Signed-off-by: Ian Ray <ian.ray@ge.com>
Signed-off-by: Nandor Han <nandor.han@ge.com>
Signed-off-by: Sebastian Reichel <sebastian.reichel@collabora.co.uk>
Configure video arguments at run-time instead of at compile-time.
Signed-off-by: Ian Ray <ian.ray@ge.com>
Signed-off-by: Nandor Han <nandor.han@ge.com>
Signed-off-by: Sebastian Reichel <sebastian.reichel@collabora.co.uk>
Add a Kconfig option for BOOTP_NTPSERVER to enable the DHCP/BOOTP option
to configure the sntp server address.
Signed-off-by: Chris Packham <judge.packham@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
The CONFIG_PHY_MARVELL has already been migrated to Kconfig (some boards
already had it in their Kconfig), but had not been moved for older
boards.
Move it to the defconfigs for all boards.
Signed-off-by: Mario Six <mario.six@gdsys.cc>
Acked-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
Add back part of patch send out as
'rockchip: enable SYS_NS16550 for all SoCs by default' that seems to have
gotten lost when it got merged to set SYS_NS16550_MEM32.
Allows serial output to work on tinker-rk3288 again after
c3c0331db1.
Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Signed-off-by: Jonathan Gray <jsg@jsg.id.au>
Cc: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Acked-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Tested-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
This adds basic support for the Turris Mox board from CZ.NIC, which is
currently being crowdfunded on Indiegogo.
Turris Mox is as modular router based on the Armada 3720 SOC (same as
EspressoBin).
The basic module can be extended by different modules. The device tree
binary for the kernel can be dependent on which modules are connected,
and in what order. Because of this, the board specific code creates
in U-Boot a variable called module_topology, which carries this
information.
Signed-off-by: Marek Behun <marek.behun@nic.cz>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Correct the SPDX tag format.
Fixes: 3b52847a45 ("Merge tag 'xilinx-for-v2018.07' of git://www.denx.de/git/u-boot-microblaze")
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
microblaze:
- Align defconfig
zynq:
- Rework fpga initialization and cpuinfo handling
zynqmp:
- Add ZynqMP R5 support
- Wire and enable watchdog on zcu100-revC
- Setup MMU map for DDR at run time
- Show board info based on DT and cleanup IDENT_STRING
zynqmp tools:
- Add read partition support
- Add initial support for Xilinx bif format for boot.bin generation
mmc:
- Fix get_timer usage on 64bit cpus
- Add support for SD3.0 UHS mode
nand-zynq:
- Add support for 16bit buswidth
- Use address cycles from onfi params
scsi:
- convert ceva sata to UCLASS_AHCI
timer:
- Add Cadence TTC for ZynqMP r5
watchdog:
- Minor cadence driver cleanup
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v1
iEYEABECAAYFAlr1ldMACgkQykllyylKDCHioACghoJw6+NqsZXl8zGWRP38yZ5K
mvgAnihfOQq125mpKPZmcc5yt6wVwYIU
=8ji9
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'xilinx-for-v2018.07' of git://www.denx.de/git/u-boot-microblaze
Xilinx changes for v2018.07
microblaze:
- Align defconfig
zynq:
- Rework fpga initialization and cpuinfo handling
zynqmp:
- Add ZynqMP R5 support
- Wire and enable watchdog on zcu100-revC
- Setup MMU map for DDR at run time
- Show board info based on DT and cleanup IDENT_STRING
zynqmp tools:
- Add read partition support
- Add initial support for Xilinx bif format for boot.bin generation
mmc:
- Fix get_timer usage on 64bit cpus
- Add support for SD3.0 UHS mode
nand-zynq:
- Add support for 16bit buswidth
- Use address cycles from onfi params
scsi:
- convert ceva sata to UCLASS_AHCI
timer:
- Add Cadence TTC for ZynqMP r5
watchdog:
- Minor cadence driver cleanup
This patch adds support of SD3.0 for ZynqMP.
Signed-off-by: Siva Durga Prasad Paladugu <siva.durga.paladugu@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
This patch reads the capabilities register1 and update the host
caps accordingly for mmc layer usage. This patch mainly reads
for UHS capabilities inorder to support SD3.0.
Signed-off-by: Siva Durga Prasad Paladugu <sivadur@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
This patch adds new hooks for any platform specific tuning and
tap delays programing. These are needed for supporting
SD3.0.
Signed-off-by: Siva Durga Prasad Paladugu <sivadur@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Xilinx ZynqMP also contains dual Cortex R5 which can run U-Boot.
This patch is adding minimal support to get U-Boot boot.
U-Boot on R5 runs out of DDR with default configuration that's why
DDR needs to be partitioned if there is something else running on arm64.
Console is done via Cadence uart driver and the first Cadence Triple
Timer Counter is used for time.
This configuration with uart1 was tested on zcu100-revC.
U-Boot 2018.05-rc2-00021-gd058a08d907d (Apr 18 2018 - 14:11:27 +0200)
Model: Xilinx ZynqMP R5
DRAM: 512 MiB
WARNING: Caches not enabled
MMC:
In: serial@ff010000
Out: serial@ff010000
Err: serial@ff010000
Net: Net Initialization Skipped
No ethernet found.
ZynqMP r5>
There are two ways how to run this on ZynqMP.
1. Run from ZynqMP arm64
tftpb 20000000 u-boot-r5.elf
setenv autostart no && bootelf -p 20000000
cpu 4 disable && cpu 4 release 10000000 lockstep
or
cpu 4 disable && cpu 4 release 10000000 split
2. Load via jtag when directly to R5
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
The officially described way to generate boot.bin files for ZynqMP is to
describe the contents of the target binary using a file of the "bif"
format. This file then links to other files that all get packed into a
bootable image.
This patch adds support to read such a .bif file and generate a respective
ZynqMP boot.bin file that can include the normal image and pmu files, but
also supports image partitions now. This makes it a handy replacement for
the proprietary "bootgen" utility that is currently used to generate
boot.bin files with FSBL.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
This patch enables support zc1275 revB board. It has
SD added compared to revA. The same configuration will
work for RevC boards aswell.
Signed-off-by: Siva Durga Prasad Paladugu <sivadur@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
This commit moves the FPGA descriptor definition
to mach-zynq, where it makes more sense.
Based on patches from Ariel D'Alessandro <ariel@vanguardiasur.com.ar>
and Ezequiel Garcia <ezequiel@vanguardiasur.com.ar>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
As part of the main conversion a few files were missed. These files had
additional whitespace after the '*' and before the SPDX tag and my
previous regex was too strict. This time I did a grep for all SPDX tags
and then filtered out anything that matched the correct styles.
Fixes: 83d290c56f ("SPDX: Convert all of our single license tags to Linux Kernel style")
Reported-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.debian@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Without the patch gcc 8 produces:
warning: ignoring attribute ‘noreturn’ because it conflicts with
attribute ‘const’ [-Wattributes]
int ____ilog2_NaN(void);
So let's update the include from Linux kernel v4.16.
This removes static checks of ilog2() arguments.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Those two functions can be used to provide easy bootcount management.
Signed-off-by: Lukasz Majewski <lukma@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
This patch adds missing include guards for bootcount.h file.
Signed-off-by: Lukasz Majewski <lukma@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Alex Kiernan <alex.kiernan@gmail.com>
Just like the already present as3722_sd_set_voltage() add the currently
missing signature of the as3722_ldo_set_voltage() function to its header
file.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Ziswiler <marcel.ziswiler@toradex.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Tom Warren <twarren@nvidia.com>
Introduce a weak tegra_pcie_board_port_reset() function by default
calling the existing tegra_pcie_port_reset() function. Additionally add
a tegra_pcie_port_index_of_port() function to retrieve the specific PCIe
port index if required. This allows overriding the PCIe port reset
functionality from board specific code as e.g. required for Apalis T30
and Apalis TK1.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Ziswiler <marcel.ziswiler@toradex.com>
Acked-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Warren <twarren@nvidia.com>
Fix ldo_get_enable() and ldo_set_enable() functions for LDOs with an
index > 7. Turns out there are actually two separate AS3722_LDO_CONTROL
registers AS3722_LDO_CONTROL0 and AS3722_LDO_CONTROL1. Actually make use
of both. While at it also actually use the enable parameter of the
ldo_set_enable() function which now truly allows disabling as opposed to
only enabling LDOs.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Ziswiler <marcel.ziswiler@toradex.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Warren <twarren@nvidia.com>
Trying to boot from an ext4 rootfs fails due to us defaulting to ext3.
While the downstream T20/T30 L4T kernel has issues with ext4 later TK1
L4T should work just fine with it. Hence enable ext4 for sdboot and
usbboot on TK1.
Signed-off-by: Sanchayan Maity <maitysanchayan@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Ziswiler <marcel.ziswiler@toradex.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Warren <twarren@nvidia.com>
U-Boot on Harmony recently got broken by ongoing driver model resp. live
tree migration work:
U-Boot 2018.03-rc3 (Feb 21 2018 - 15:43:08 +0100)
TEGRA20
Model: NVIDIA Tegra20 Harmony evaluation board
Board: NVIDIA Harmony
DRAM: 1 GiB
Video device 'dc@54200000' cannot allocate frame buffer memory -ensure
the device is set up before relocation
Error binding driver 'tegra_lcd': -28
Some drivers failed to bind
Error binding driver 'generic_simple_bus': -28
Some drivers failed to bind
initcall sequence 3ffa86d0 failed at call 00121dc0 (err=-28)
This commit fixes this by enabling live tree, MTD and UBI for Harmony as
well.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Ziswiler <marcel.ziswiler@toradex.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Warren <twarren@nvidia.com>
Updated copyright info for the issues reported after running
check-legal test.
Signed-off-by: Yogesh Gaur <yogeshnarayan.gaur@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: York Sun <york.sun@nxp.com>
Number of ECC status registers i.e. (ECCSTATx) has been increased in
IFC version 2.0.0 due to increase in SRAM size. This is causing
eccstat array to over flow.
So, replace eccstat array with u32 variable to make it fail-safe and
independent of number of ECC status registers or SRAM size.
Signed-off-by: Prabhakar Kushwaha <prabhakar.kushwaha@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Jagdish Gediya <jagdish.gediya@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: York Sun <york.sun@nxp.com>
Eliminate code duplication: the same PARTS_DEFAULT was defined in
am57xx_evm.h and in dra7xx_evm.h. Extract it to environment/boot.h and
use in all OMAP5-based boards.
Signed-off-by: Sam Protsenko <semen.protsenko@linaro.org>
Add support for the SoCFPGA header v1, which is used on Arria 10.
The layout of the v0 and v1 header is similar, yet there are a few
differences which make it incompatible with previous v0 header, so
add a new entry.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Cc: Dinh Nguyen <dinguyen@kernel.org>
Cc: Chin Liang See <chin.liang.see@intel.com>
Add the regmap_update_bits() to simply the read/modify/write of registers
in a single command. The function is taken from Linux regmap
implementation.
Signed-off-by: Neil Armstrong <narmstrong@baylibre.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Boot android over emmc by default thru FIT image
Signed-off-by: Praneeth Bajjuri <praneeth@ti.com>
Suggested-by: Andrew F.Davis <afd@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Sam Protsenko <semen.protsenko@linaro.org>
Taking into account the Amlogic Family name starts with GX, including
the GXBB, GXL and GXM SoCs.
Signed-off-by: Neil Armstrong <narmstrong@baylibre.com>
On all STM32F4 and F7 SoCs family (except STM32F429), PLLSAI
output P can be used as 48MHz clock source for USB and SDMMC.
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
Tested By: Bruno Herrera <bruherrera@gmail.com>
mmc_set_clock() function has the disable argument as bool type.
When mmc_set_clock is called, it might be passed to "true" or "false".
But it's too confusion whether clock is enabled or disabled with only
"true" and "false".
To prevent the confusion, replace to MMC_CLK_ENABLE/DISABLE macro from
true/false.
Signed-off-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com>
write_sparse_image could be useful for non-fastboot users.
For ex a platform, without usb-device/fastboot support, could
get sparse images over tftp and write using the mmc command.
Or non-android systems could also leverage the sparse format.
Towards that, this patch removes anything fastboot specific from
the write_sparse_image implementation. Which includes making the
function return integer as error code and calls for fastboot logging
via an optional callback function 'mssg'.
Signed-off-by: Jassi Brar <jaswinder.singh@linaro.org>
The syscon implementation in U-Boot is different from that in Linux.
Thus, DT files imported from Linux do not work for U-Boot.
In U-Boot driver model, each node is bound to a dedicated driver
that is the most compatible to it. This design gets along with the
concept of DT, and the syscon in Linux originally worked like that.
However, Linux commit bdb0066df96e ("mfd: syscon: Decouple syscon
interface from platform devices") changed the behavior because it is
useful to let a device bind to another driver, but still work as a
syscon provider.
That change had happened before U-Boot initially supported the syscon
driver by commit 6f98b7504f ("dm: Add support for generic system
controllers (syscon)"). So, the U-Boot's syscon works differently
from the beginning. I'd say this is mis-implementation given that
DT is not oriented to a particular project, but Linux is the canon
of DT in practice.
The problem typically arises in the combination of "syscon" and
"simple-mfd" compatibles.
In Linux, they are orthogonal, i.e., the order between "syscon" and
"simple-mfd" does not matter at all.
Assume the following compatible.
compatible = "foo,bar-syscon", "syscon", "simple-mfd";
In U-Boot, this device node is bound to the syscon driver
(driver/core/syscon-uclass.c) since the "syscon" is found to be the
most compatible. Then, syscon_get_regmap() succeeds.
However,
compatible = "foo,bar-syscon", "simple-mfd", "syscon";
does not work because this node is bound to the simple-bus driver
(drivers/core/simple-bus.c) in favor of "simple-mfd" compatible.
The compatible string "syscon" is just dismissed.
Moreover,
compatible = "foo,bar-syscon", "syscon";
works like the first case because the syscon driver populates the
child devices. This is wrong because populating children is the job
of "simple-mfd" (or "simple-bus").
This commit ports syscon_node_to_regmap() from Linux. This API
does not require the given node to be bound to a driver in any way.
Reported-by: Kunihiko Hayashi <hayashi.kunihiko@socionext.com>
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
Currently, regmap_init_mem() takes a udevice. This requires the node
has already been associated with a device. It prevents syscon/regmap
from behaving like those in Linux.
Change the first argumenet to take a device node.
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
Acked-by: Neil Armstrong <narmstrong@baylibre.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
device_is_compatible() takes udevice, but there is no such a helper
that takes ofnode.
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Putting zero length array at the end of struct is a common technique
to embed arbitrary length of members. There is no good reason to let
regmap_alloc_count() branch by "if (count <= 1)".
As far as I understood the code, regmap->base is an alias of
regmap->ranges[0].start, but it is not helpful but make the code
just ugly.
Rename regmap_alloc_count() to regmap_alloc() because the _count
suffix seems pointless.
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
[trini: fixup cpu_info-rcar.c]
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Add PSCI v1.0 support for Linux and manage PSCI state
for each CPU (affinity 0 level) with all mandatory functions:
- PSCI_VERSION
- CPU_SUSPEND
- CPU_OFF
- CPU_ON
- AFFINITY_INFO
- SYSTEM_OFF
- SYSTEM_RESET
- PSCI_FEATURES
and 1 optional to avoid Linux warning
- MIGRATE_INFO_TYPE
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Reviewed-by: CITOOLS <smet-aci-reviews@lists.codex.cro.st.com>
When U-Boot started using SPDX tags we were among the early adopters and
there weren't a lot of other examples to borrow from. So we picked the
area of the file that usually had a full license text and replaced it
with an appropriate SPDX-License-Identifier: entry. Since then, the
Linux Kernel has adopted SPDX tags and they place it as the very first
line in a file (except where shebangs are used, then it's second line)
and with slightly different comment styles than us.
In part due to community overlap, in part due to better tag visibility
and in part for other minor reasons, switch over to that style.
This commit changes all instances where we have multiple licenses (in
these cases, dual license) declared in the SPDX-License-Identifier tag.
In this case we change from listing "LICENSE-A LICENSE-B" or "LICENSE-A
or LICENSE-B" or "(LICENSE-A OR LICENSE-B)" to "LICENSE-A OR LICENSE-B"
as per the Linux Kernel style document. Note that parenthesis are
allowed so when they were used before we continue to use them.
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
When U-Boot started using SPDX tags we were among the early adopters and
there weren't a lot of other examples to borrow from. So we picked the
area of the file that usually had a full license text and replaced it
with an appropriate SPDX-License-Identifier: entry. Since then, the
Linux Kernel has adopted SPDX tags and they place it as the very first
line in a file (except where shebangs are used, then it's second line)
and with slightly different comment styles than us.
In part due to community overlap, in part due to better tag visibility
and in part for other minor reasons, switch over to that style.
This commit changes all instances where we have a single declared
license in the tag as both the before and after are identical in tag
contents. There's also a few places where I found we did not have a tag
and have introduced one.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
A common voltage of 1.35V was being programmed for all am43 board
versions. EPOS-EVM Needs 1.20V for LPDDR2.
Fixes: fc69d47262 (“board: ti: AM43XX: Add ddr voltage rail configuration”)
Reported-by: James Doublesin <doublesin@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Keerthy <j-keerthy@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
With tighter build flags the fact that <stdio_dev.h> doesn't have a
reference back to MAX_NAMES causes an error. Include <stdio.h> here and
then in common/console.c use MAX_NAMES rather than 3 when working with
stdio_names.
Reported-by: Peter Robinson <pbrobinson@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Tested-by: Peter Robinson <pbrobinson@gmail.com>
With tighter build flags the fact that this header referenced
uchar/ushort without including what typedefs it causes an error. Rather
than add another include here, drop the section in question as it is
unused.
Reported-by: Peter Robinson <pbrobinson@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Peter Robinson <pbrobinson@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
The DEBUG macro is never defined unless explicitly enabled.
Drop useless #undef DEBUG in the board configs so it won't
spread any further.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Cc: Nobuhiro Iwamatsu <iwamatsu@nigauri.org>
Convert the symbol to Kconfig, no functional change.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Cc: Nobuhiro Iwamatsu <iwamatsu@nigauri.org>
Rename CONFIG_RMOBILE_BOARD_STRING to CONFIG_ARCH_RMOBILE_BOARD_STRING
to make things consistent, no functional change.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Cc: Nobuhiro Iwamatsu <iwamatsu@nigauri.org>
Some IP-core implementations of the SDHCI have different troubles on the
silicon where they are placed.
On ZYNQ platform for example Xilinx doesn't accept the hold timing of an
eMMC chip which operates in High-Speed mode and must be forced to
operate in non high-speed mode. To get rid of this
"SDHCI_QUIRK_BROKEN_HISPD_MODE" is introduced.
For more details about this refer to the Xilinx answer-recor #59999https://www.xilinx.com/support/answers/59999.html
This commit:
- doesn't set HISPD bit on the host-conroller
- reflects this fact within the host-controller capabilities
Upon this the layer above (mmc-driver) can setup the card correctly.
Otherwise the MMC card will be switched into high-speed mode and causes
possible timing violation on the host-controller side.
Signed-off-by: Hannes Schmelzer <oe5hpm@oevsv.at>
Signed-off-by: Hannes Schmelzer <hannes.schmelzer@br-automation.com>
CONFIG_SPL_SERIAL_SUPPORT had already been migrated to Kconfig, but
existed in some include files; fix those up here.
Signed-off-by: Alex Kiernan <alex.kiernan@gmail.com>
SYS_ARCH_TIMER guards the usage of the ARM Generic Timer (aka arch
timer) in U-Boot.
At the moment it is mandatory for ARMv8 and used by a few ARMv7 boards.
Add a proper Kconfig symbol to express this dependency properly,
allowing certain board configuration to later disable arch timer in case
there are any problems with it.
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
[tuomas: rebase + fix conflicts and resync with moveconfig & use select]
Signed-off-by: Tuomas Tynkkynen <tuomas.tynkkynen@iki.fi>
After commit 46fc679ede ("arm: timer: get frequency for arch timer
armv7 in cp15 cntfrq") the ARM architected timer driver knows how to
determine the timer frequency at runtime by reading the CNTFRQ register,
so we don't need to hardcode the timer frequency anymore.
Signed-off-by: Tuomas Tynkkynen <tuomas.tynkkynen@iki.fi>
These symbols are declared in Kconfig, so it's wrong to set them in
header files.
Note that this is not size-neutral - some 'default y' options will now
get turned on by Kconfig, such as CONFIG_CMD_DM=y and CONFIG_DM_STDIO=y.
Signed-off-by: Tuomas Tynkkynen <tuomas@tuxera.com>
This converts the following to Kconfig:
CONFIG_SPI
This partly involves updating code that assumes that CONFIG_SPI implies
things that are specific to the MPC8xx SPI driver. For now, just update
the CONFIG tests. This also involves reworking the default for
CONFIG_SYS_DEF_EEPROM_ADDR so that we don't set it when we cannot make a
reasonable default, as it does not cause any compile failures.
Signed-off-by: Adam Ford <aford173@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This allows using the full SPL framework on mxs devices. In this
mode, the u-boot.sb image loaded by the boot ROM contains only the
SPL which then loads U-Boot proper or a kernel in falcon mode.
Signed-off-by: Mans Rullgard <mans@mansr.com>
The E2 Alt port was broken since some time. This patch updates
the E2 Alt port to use modern frameworks, DM, DT probing, SPL
for the preloading and puts it on par with the M2 Porter board.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Cc: Nobuhiro Iwamatsu <iwamatsu@nigauri.org>
The M2-N Gose port was broken since some time. This patch updates
the M2-N Gose port to use modern frameworks, DM, DT probing, SPL
for the preloading and puts it on par with the M2 Porter board.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Cc: Nobuhiro Iwamatsu <iwamatsu@nigauri.org>
The H2 Lager port was broken since some time. This patch updates
the H2 Lager port to use modern frameworks, DM, DT probing, SPL
for the preloading and puts it on par with the M2 Porter board.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Cc: Nobuhiro Iwamatsu <iwamatsu@nigauri.org>
This patch adds support for verifying a signed boot.scr. With this in place
it's possible for run-time Linux to update boot.scr to set different
variables such as switching between different boot partitions, pointing to
different kernels etc and for u-boot to verify these changes via the HAB
prior to executing the commands contained in boot.scr.
Signed-off-by: Bryan O'Donoghue <bryan.odonoghue@linaro.org>
Tested-by: Breno Lima <breno.lima@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@nxp.com>
This patch introduces the environment variable ivt_offset. When we define a
load address for Linux or DTB or any file the IVT associated with that file
is prepended. We extract the actual load addresses from u-boot.cfg and feed
these values into the code-signing process - hence we want u-boot to have
the real load addresses exported in uboot.cfg.
ivt_offset represents the addition or subtraction from the load address
that must happen to find an IVT header.
Signed-off-by: Bryan O'Donoghue <bryan.odonoghue@linaro.org>
Tested-by: Breno Lima <breno.lima@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@nxp.com>
Doing secure boot on the WaRP7 using a common image format and the same
variable to represent the base address for each call means we can reduce
down the command to a single environment command.
This patch adds warp7_auth_or_fail as a wrapper around
"hab_auth_img_or_fail ${hab_ivt_addr} ${filesize} 0".
Signed-off-by: Bryan O'Donoghue <bryan.odonoghue@linaro.org>
Tested-by: Breno Lima <breno.lima@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@nxp.com>
We need to know the name of a signed boot-script, its better to have a
separate variable for this then to simply append some fixed string to an
existing image name.
Signed-off-by: Bryan O'Donoghue <bryan.odonoghue@linaro.org>
Tested-by: Breno Lima <breno.lima@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@nxp.com>
Assigning the UUID discovery path to a tweakable environment variable means
that later steps in the boot process - particularly a boot script can
change the target root partition of a particular Linux boot.
Retargeting the rootfs is an important feature when doing ping/pong
upgrades allowing a boot script to select ping or pong as necessary without
reprogramming the bootloader.
Signed-off-by: Bryan O'Donoghue <bryan.odonoghue@linaro.org>
Tested-by: Breno Lima <breno.lima@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@nxp.com>
In order to sign images with the IMX code-signing-tool (CST) we need to
know the load address of a given image. The best way to derive this load
address is to make it into a define - so that u-boot.cfg contains the
address - which we can then parse when generating the IMX CST headers.
Signed-off-by: Bryan O'Donoghue <bryan.odonoghue@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Ryan Harkin <ryan.harkin@linaro.org>
Tested-by: Breno Lima <breno.lima@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@nxp.com>
In order to sign images with the IMX code-signing-tool (CST) we need to
know the load address of a given image. The best way to derive this load
address is to make it into a define - so that u-boot.cfg contains the
address - which we can then parse when generating the IMX CST headers.
This patch makes the OPTEE_LOAD_ADDR available via u-boot.cfg for further
parsing by external tools.
Signed-off-by: Bryan O'Donoghue <bryan.odonoghue@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Ryan Harkin <ryan.harkin@linaro.org>
Tested-by: Breno Lima <breno.lima@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@nxp.com>
This patch adds an environment variable called "hab_enabled" which gets set
to a boolean status indicating whether HAB is enabled or not.
Subsequent patches can use this environment variable to determine if its
necessary to run a given binary through the hab_auth_img console command.
Signed-off-by: Bryan O'Donoghue <bryan.odonoghue@linaro.org>
Tested-by: Breno Lima <breno.lima@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@nxp.com>
This patch adds BOOTROM_IVT_HDR_OFFSET at 0xC00. The BootROM expects to
find the IVT header at a particular offset in an i.MX image.
Defining the expected offset of the IVT header in the first-stage BootROM
image format is of use of later stage authentication routines where those
routines continue to follow the first-stage authentication layout.
This patch defines the first stage offset which later patch make use of.
Signed-off-by: Bryan O'Donoghue <bryan.odonoghue@linaro.org>
Cc: Utkarsh Gupta <utkarsh.gupta@nxp.com>
Cc: Breno Lima <breno.lima@nxp.com>
Cc: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@nxp.com>
Tested-by: Breno Lima <breno.lima@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@nxp.com>
use the generic filesystem command 'load' rather
than 'fatload' to avoid per-fs specific commands.
Signed-off-by: Pierre-Jean TEXIER <texier.pj2@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@nxp.com>
Acked-by: Bryan O'Donoghue <bryan.odonoghue@linaro.org>
All rockchip SoCs can use ns16550 driver, enable it for all
and set SYS_NS16550_MEM32 for all SoCs.
Version-changes: 2
- use imply instead of select
Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Acked-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
This reverts commit a1903c18db.
It's really bad idea to add "usb start" in preboot, it will spend
a lot of time to scan usb bus, and most of people do not need this
feature.
Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Acked-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
The boot0 hook including the 4-byte TAG which is at the beginning
of the TEXT_BASE, now we can use a aligned TEXT BASE.
Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Acked-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Disable rk_timer as SYS timer and use DM timer instead,
so that we can get a better timer framework, the rk_timer
is going to be clean after we conver to use DM timer or
ARM arch/generic timer.
Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Acked-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
All rk3288 default configs define CONFIG_DEFAULT_DEVICE_TREE.
So we can use it to define ${fdtfile} in rk3288_common.h.
This variable is needed by the distro boot command.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Acked-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Some last minute fixes for 2018.05. Most of them are minor fixes. On
top we have some functional improvements for the device path logic
which should also help us be more compatible.
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v2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=o2Ra
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'signed-efi-2018.05' of git://github.com/agraf/u-boot
Patch queue for efi - 2018-04-23
Some last minute fixes for 2018.05. Most of them are minor fixes. On
top we have some functional improvements for the device path logic
which should also help us be more compatible.
The missing services of the EFI_DEVICE_PATH_UTILITIES_PROTOCOL are
implemented.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
Device paths may consist of multiple instances. Up to now we have only
considered the size of the first instance. For the services of the
EFI_DEVICE_PATH_UTILITIES_PROTOCOL in most cases the total length of the
device path is relevant.
So let's rename efi_dp_size() to efi_dp_instance_size() and create a new
function efi_dp_size() that calculates the total device path length.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
Implement the CreateDeviceNode service of the device path utility protocol.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
Executing a test after failed setup may lead to unexpected behavior like
an illegal memory access. So after a setup failure we should skip to
teardown.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
According to the documentation the EFI log category is called LOGC_EFI.
All other categories start with LOGC_. So let's fix it.
Fixes: 1973b381a1 ("log: add category LOGC_EFI")
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
Currently, the address region, 0xf8000 - 0x100000, is used for SPL
stack for the 32bit SoCs. Because the U-Boot proper image starts
from 0x70000, the maximum size of the U-Boot proper image is 544KB
(0x70000 - 0xf8000) for the NOR boot mode. Now uniphier_v7_defconfig
is almost hitting this size limit. Changing CONFIG_SPL_STACK can
raise the size limit with less impact. With this, the size limit
will increase to 576KB (0x70000 - 0x100000). If we need to increase
it even more, we would be able to change CONFIG_SYS_UBOOT_BASE at the
cost of the flashing command changes.
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
Some boards support an SD card and an eMMC device at the same time.
Since both belong to 'mmc', they are identified by a device number.
When the device number of the eMMC is 1 instead 0, "mmc dev" command
must be performed to switch the target device before flashing images.
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
With the recent changes, the size of the U-Boot proper image for
uniphier_v7_defconfig exceeded the current limit, 512KB, then SPL
fails to load the whole of the U-Boot proper. Increase the size.
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
Boards have an option to rewrite variable locations in their own board
files. This is necessary for qspi and nand configurations where boot
image can be bigger then 896k(current limit).
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
The E2 Silk port was broken since some time. This patch updates
the E2 Silk port to use modern frameworks, DM, DT probing, SPL
for the preloading and puts it on par with the M2 Porter board.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Cc: Nobuhiro Iwamatsu <iwamatsu@nigauri.org>
---
NOTE: The port is missing support for I2C1 for DA9063 reset, since the
I2C driver needs to be converted to DM and DT probing. That's not
an issue for this patch though, since the reset was broken on Silk
since forever.
In the commit "reset: Add get/assert/deassert/release for bulk of reset signals"
the disabled reset_release_bulk() and reset_get_bulk() used the wrong
struct clk_bulk instead of struct reset_ctl_bulk.
Fixes: 0c28233903 ("reset: Add get/assert/deassert/release for bulk of reset signals")
Reported-by: Jean-Jacques Hiblot <jjhiblot@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Neil Armstrong <narmstrong@baylibre.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The M2 Koelsch port was broken since some time. This patch updates
the M2 Koelsch port to use modern frameworks, DM, DT probing, SPL
for the preloading and puts it on par with the M2 Porter board.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Cc: Nobuhiro Iwamatsu <iwamatsu@nigauri.org>
Enable the RPC QSPI driver on R8A77970 V3M Eagle and configure
the environment layout to match that used by old U-Boot.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Cc: Nobuhiro Iwamatsu <iwamatsu@nigauri.org>
Relocate env drivers if manual relocation is enabled. This
patch fixes the issue of u-boot hang incase if env is
present in any of the flash devices.
Signed-off-by: Siva Durga Prasad Paladugu <sivadur@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
On VxWorks x86 its bootline address is at a pre-defined offset @
0x1200. If 'bootaddr' is not passed via environment variable, we
assign its value based on the kernel memory base address.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
When booting from EFI BIOS, VxWorks bootloader stores the EFI GOP
framebuffer info at a pre-defined offset @ 0x6100. When VxWorks
kernel boots up, its EFI console driver tries to find such a block
and if the signature matches, the framebuffer information will be
used to initialize the driver.
However it is not necessary to prepare an EFI environment for
VxWorks's EFI console driver to function (eg: EFI loader in
U-Boot). If U-Boot has already initialized the graphics card and
set it to a VESA mode that is compatible with EFI GOP, we can
simply prepare such a block for VxWorks.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This adds ELF header, program header and section header structure
defines for the 64-bit ELF image.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Fix various style violations in elf.h
- use correct comment format if the comment fits in just one line
- remove the ending period for the one-line comment
- use tab for the indention instead of space
- put the opening brace at the same line of a typedef/union
- remove <name> in a 'typedef struct' for consistency
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Christian Gmeiner <christian.gmeiner@gmail.com>
This changes 'struct e820info' to 'struct e820_info' to conform
with the coding style.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Christian Gmeiner <christian.gmeiner@gmail.com>
VxWorks bootloader stores its size at a pre-defined offset @ 0x5004.
Later when VxWorks kernel boots up and system memory information is
retrieved from the E820 table, the bootloader size will be subtracted
from the total system memory size to calculate the size of available
memory for the OS.
Explicitly clear the bootloader image size otherwise if memory
at this offset happens to contain some garbage data, the final
available memory size for the kernel is insane.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
At present two environment variables 'e820data'/'e820info' are required
to boot a VxWorks x86 kernel, but this is superfluous. The offset of
these two tables are actually at a fixed offset from the kernel memory
base address and we can provide the kernel memory base address to U-Boot
via only one variable 'vx_phys_mem_base'.
Note as it name indicates, the physical address should be provided.
Signed-off-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Christian Gmeiner <christian.gmeiner@gmail.com>
Enable display backlight only if a message needs to be displayed.
The kernel re-initializes the backlight, which results in some
unwanted artifacts.
Signed-off-by: Ian Ray <ian.ray@ge.com>
Signed-off-by: Sebastian Reichel <sebastian.reichel@collabora.co.uk>
Subsequent patches will want to include imageimage.h but in doing so
include it on an assembly compile path causing a range of compile errors.
Fix the errors pre-emptively by encasing the majority of the declarations
in imximage.h inside an ifdef __ASSEMBLY__ block.
Signed-off-by: Bryan O'Donoghue <bryan.odonoghue@linaro.org>
Cc: Utkarsh Gupta <utkarsh.gupta@nxp.com>
Cc: Breno Lima <breno.lima@nxp.com>
Cc: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Bryan O'Donoghue <bryan.odonoghue@linaro.org>
Tested-by: Breno Lima <breno.lima@nxp.com>
u-boot has a standard "serial#" environment variable that is suitable
for storing the iSerial number we will supply via the USB device
descriptor. serial# is automatically picked up by the disk subsystem in
u-boot - thus providing a handy unique identifier in /dev/disk/by-id as
detailed below.
Storing the hardware serial identifier in serial# means we can change the
serial# if we want before USB enumeration - thus making iSerial automatic
via OTP but overridable if necessary.
This patch reads the defined OTP fuse and sets environment variable
"serial#" to the value read.
With this patch in place the USB mass storage device will appear in
/dev/disk/by-id with a unique name based on the OTP value. For example
/dev/disk/by-id/usb-Linux_UMS_disk_0_WaRP7-0xf42400d3000001d4-0:0
Signed-off-by: Bryan O'Donoghue <bryan.odonoghue@linaro.org>
Cc: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@nxp.com>
Cc: Rui Miguel Silva <rui.silva@linaro.org>
Cc: Ryan Harkin <ryan.harkin@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@nxp.com>
There is currently no use for building the SPL anymore, since the
SPI loader can easily be replaced by TPL and TPL does load U-Boot
directly. Upgrade TPL to SPL and replace what used to be SPL with
it. This way we build the U-Boot sources only twice, not thrice.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Cc: Nobuhiro Iwamatsu <iwamatsu@nigauri.org>
The H2 Stout port was broken since some time. This patch updates
the H2 Stout port to use modern frameworks, DM, DT probing, SPL
and TPL for the preloading and puts it on par with the M2 Porter
board.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Cc: Nobuhiro Iwamatsu <iwamatsu@nigauri.org>
- For am335x_pdu001 we do not want the CPSW driver, drop it
- Re-sync the defconfig for am43xx_evm_rtconly as it came in after the
patch that converted CPSW to Kconfig was posted but before it was
applied.
- Drop empty section / comments from pengwyn
- Drop empty section / comments from baltos and drop unused
CONFIG_SPL_NET_VCI_STRING (it does not enable CONFIG_SPL_NET_SUPPORT
currently and SPL_NET_VCI_STRING has been migrated already).
Cc: Felix Brack <fb@ltec.ch>
Cc: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
Cc: Yegor Yefremov <yegorslists@googlemail.com>
Cc: Lothar Felten <lothar.felten@gmail.com>
Fixes: f02b8d1761 ("Migrate CONFIG_DRIVER_TI_CPSW to Kconfig")
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Felix Brack <fb@ltec.ch>
Tested-by: Felix Brack <fb@ltec.ch>
Otherwise, we see this:
In file included from include/configs/zynq-common.h:183:0,
from include/config.h:5,
from include/common.h:21,
from env/common.c:11:
include/config_distro_bootcmd.h:319:2: error: expected ?}? before ?BOOT_TARGET_DEVICES_references_PXE_without_CONFIG_CMD_DHCP_or_PXE?
BOOT_TARGET_DEVICES_references_PXE_without_CONFIG_CMD_DHCP_or_PXE
^
include/config_distro_bootcmd.h:319:2: note: in definition of macro ?BOOTENV_DEV_NAME_PXE?
Signed-off-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
On i.MX6SX, 6UL and 7D, there are two enet controllers each has a
MDIO port. But Some boards share one MDIO port for the two enets. So
introduce a configuration CONFIG_FEC_MXC_MDIO_BASE to indicate
the MDIO port for sharing.
In Kconfig, user needs enable CONFIG_FEC_MXC_SHARE_MDIO first to enter
the CONFIG_FEC_MXC_MDIO_BASE.
To i.MX28, adapt to use the new config
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Acked-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
Cc: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@nxp.com>
No need to provide two prototype for this function.
Use ulong for the first parameter, then this function
could be shared for DM/non DM case.
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Acked-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
The Gen3 kernel images are often above 8 MiB, increase the
maximum kernel size to 64 MiB to future-proof it, just like
many other ARM64 boards do.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Cc: Nobuhiro Iwamatsu <iwamatsu@nigauri.org>
Add and enable TPL on M2 Porter. The TPL must fit into 16 kiB due
to the Gen2 BootROM restriction. The TPL is running from MERAM and
is capable of performing the initial initialization of PFC, Clock,
GPIO, LBSC, DBSC and QSPI NOR. DBSC is responsible for bringing up
the DDR DRAM access. The TPL is capable of loading the next stage,
U-Boot, from either SPI NOR or UART as a fallback. If either does
provide a valid U-Boot uImage, the system stops, which allows the
operator to load U-Boot ie. via JTAG and start it manually.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Cc: Nobuhiro Iwamatsu <iwamatsu@nigauri.org>
Add Kconfig entry for CONFIG_SPL_SPI_LOAD symbol and move all
configurations using it to Kconfig.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Cc: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This patch adds a "bulk" API to the clock API in order to get/enable/disable
/release a group of clocks associated with a device.
This bulk API will avoid adding a copy of the same code to manage
a group of clocks in drivers.
Signed-off-by: Neil Armstrong <narmstrong@baylibre.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This patch adds a "bulk" API to the reset API in order to get/deassert/
assert/release a group of reset signals associated with a device.
This bulk API will avoid adding a copy of the same code to manage
a group of reset signals in drivers.
Signed-off-by: Neil Armstrong <narmstrong@baylibre.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Highlights this time around:
- Lots of minor spec compliance fixes
- Support full range of GOP BLT commands
- More fine grained error checking
- Network fixes (init, DP)
- Lots of other bug fixes...
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v2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=fzbe
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'signed-efi-next' of git://github.com/agraf/u-boot
Patch queue for efi - 2018-04-09
Highlights this time around:
- Lots of minor spec compliance fixes
- Support full range of GOP BLT commands
- More fine grained error checking
- Network fixes (init, DP)
- Lots of other bug fixes...
Inspired by the following kernel commit:
"commit 90fda63fa1156ec1bcfd7f9ca384cec221f70a21
Author: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Date: Sat Apr 7 13:31:23 2018 -0700
treewide: fix up files incorrectly marked executable
Joe Perches noted that we have a few source files that for some
inexplicable reason (read: I'm too lazy to even go look at the history)
are marked executable:
drivers/gpu/drm/amd/amdgpu/vce_v4_0.c
drivers/net/ethernet/cadence/macb_ptp.c
A simple git command line to show executable C/asm/header files is this:
git ls-files -s '*.[chsS]' | grep '^100755'
and then you can fix them up with scripting by just feeding that output
into:
| cut -f2 | xargs chmod -x
and commit it.
Which is exactly what this commit does.
Reported-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>"
Do the same in the U-Boot source tree.
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@nxp.com>
This part hasn't been pushed to mainline yet that's why remove it.
The patch can be reverted in future when this is pushed there.
Reported-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Reviewed-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
This patch adds support for ZynqMP platform to print FPGA PCAP status
for "fpga status" command.
Signed-off-by: Nitin Jain <nitinj@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: Siva Durga Prasad Paladugu <sivadur@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
CONFIG_VERSION_VARIABLE had already been mostly migrated to Kconfig,
but two headers still referenced it. Also set defaults so that
most of the defconfigs inherit the default rather than needing it
to be set explicitly.
Signed-off-by: Alex Kiernan <alex.kiernan@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Petr Vorel <petr.vorel@gmail.com>
Convert CONFIG_ENV_VARS_UBOOT_RUNTIME_CONFIG to Kconfig
Signed-off-by: Alex Kiernan <alex.kiernan@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Lukasz Majewski <lukma@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Petr Vorel <petr.vorel@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Petr Vorel <petr.vorel at gmail.com>
In order that we can use eth_env_* even when CONFIG_NET isn't set, move
these functions to environment code from net code.
This fixes failures such as:
board/ti/am335x/built-in.o: In function `board_late_init':
board/ti/am335x/board.c:752: undefined reference to `eth_env_set_enetaddr'
u-boot/board/ti/am335x/board.c:766: undefined reference to `eth_env_set_enetaddr'
which caters for use cases such as:
commit f411b5cca4 ("board: am335x: Always set eth/eth1addr environment
variable")
when Ethernet is required in Linux, but not U-Boot.
Signed-off-by: Alex Kiernan <alex.kiernan@gmail.com>
If DHCP/PXE commands are disabled then the compilation fails due to
bootargs attempting to use them:
include/config_distro_bootcmd.h:319:2: error: expected ‘}’ before ‘BOOT_TARGET_DEVICES_references_PXE_without_CONFIG_CMD_DHCP_or_PXE’
Ensure that if the command aren't enabled, we don't try and use them.
Signed-off-by: Alex Kiernan <alex.kiernan@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
CONFIG_HOSTNAME is defined as a "plain" preprocessor string, but every
use is couched by __stringify(...).
Hence, convert it to a proper string option.
Signed-off-by: Mario Six <mario.six@gdsys.cc>
Migrate the CONFIG_DISPLAY_BOARDINFO_LATE option to Kconfig.
Signed-off-by: Mario Six <mario.six@gdsys.cc>
[trini: Re-run migration]
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Migrate the CONFIG_SYS_ALT_MEMTEST option to Kconfig.
Signed-off-by: Mario Six <mario.six@gdsys.cc>
[trini: Re-run migration after also including CMD_MEMTEST]
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
As we aren't quite able to convert some platforms with a very small size
limit in SPL yet, we need to revert this for now.
This reverts commit 7b09477873.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
SPL ATF support requires to have firmware property which should be also
listed by mkimage -l when images is created.
The patch is also using this macro in spl_fit to match keyword.
When image is created:
Default Configuration: 'config'
Configuration 0 (config)
Description: ATF with full u-boot
Kernel: unavailable
Firmware: atf
FDT: dtb
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Jun Nie <jun.nie@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
No more use static frequency HSI = 64MHz for STGEN clock
but HSE (with higher accurency) by default.
Need to remove CONFIG_SYS_HZ_CLOCK as arch timer frequency
is provided at boot by BootRom and cp15 cntfrq and modified
during clock tree initialization if needed.
When HSI is no more used by any device, this internal
oscillator can be switched off to reduce consumption.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Modifying the default environment via CONFIG_EXTRA_ENV_SETTINGS is
somewhat inflexible, partly because the cpp language does not allow
appending to an existing macro. This prevents reuse of "environment
fragments" for different boards, which in turn makes maintaining that
environment consistently tedious and error-prone.
This implements a Kconfig option for allowing one to define the entire
default environment in an external file, which can then, for example, be
generated programmatically as part of a Yocto recipe, or simply be kept
in version control separately from the U-boot repository.
Tested-by: Sean Nyekjaer <sean.nyekjaer@prevas.dk>
Signed-off-by: Rasmus Villemoes <rasmus.villemoes@prevas.dk>
Reviewed-by: Lukasz Majewski <lukma@denx.de>
Bootrom loads SPL from SDCARD or eMMC
according BootPin selection.
Then SPL loads U-Boot on the same mmc device
with the following predefined GPT partitioning:
on SDCARD: gpt partitioning
1: SPL
2: SPL#2
3: U-Boot
4: bootable partition
on eMMC:
The 2 boot partitions are used for SPL (2 copy)
boot1: SPL
boot2: SPL#2
The user partition use gpt partitioning
1: U-Boot
2: bootable partition
This patch select the correct SPL partition
(3 for SDCARD on mmc0 and 1 for eMMC on mmc1)
according the BootRom information saved in TAMP register
and based on configuration flasg:
- CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_U_BOOT_PARTITION
=> for BOOT_DEVICE_MMC1 or mmc 0 in U-Boot
- CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_U_BOOT_PARTITION_MMC2 (new)
=> for BOOT_DEVICE_MMC2 or mmc 1 in U-Boot
And the correct boot_targets is selected according the environment
variables boot_device and boot_instance, with preboot command,
to search the bootable partition with kernel on this device
(generic distro support).
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Add command GPT support
Add EMMC boot support
Add the 2 other SDMMC instances for ED1:
- SDMMC2 = mmc 1, eMMC on the ED1 board
- SDMMC3 = extension connector, deactivated by default
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
The spl_boot_partition function has been added in order to have
the possibility to boot on a same binary from different mmc devices
with different partitions.
By default keep the current behavior, SPL use the partition defined
by CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_U_BOOT_PARTITION.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Signed-off-by: Christophe KERELLO <christophe.kerello@st.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Lukasz Majewski <lukma@denx.de>
The boot scripts for booting from ramdisk are using
${fdtimage} when they really should be using ${fdtaddr}
This patch will fix it so the RAMdisk bootscripts operate
correctly.
Signed-off-by: Adam Ford <aford173@gmail.com>
NETCONSOLE isn't compiled in with SPL, so the include file needs to recognize that.
Signed-off-by: Jason Kridner <jdk@ti.com>
Cc: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Acked-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
Texas Instruments AM3358 based low-cost board using Octavo Systems OSD3358 SIP
with built-in TPS65217 PMIC and 512MB DDR3. Board features small 35mm x
55mm size, high-speed USB OTG, microSD and 72 0.1" expansion header
pins with 2xSPI, 2xI2C, 2xUART, USB, 8xADC, up-to-44 GPIO, PRU pins and much more.
https://beagleboard.org/pocket
This was tested using the am335x_evm_usbspl_defconfig.
Note that MII pins are enabled despite not having Ethernet on this
board. This avoids an issue where otherwise many timeout errors would be
generated. See https://e2e.ti.com/support/arm/sitara_arm/f/791/t/298976
for some related discussion.
Signed-off-by: Jason Kridner <jdk@ti.com>
Cc: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
In preparation of migration to DM watchdog, clean up a bit.
The 8xx watchdog really is a HW watchdog, so declare it as is
then it goes through Kconfig
And the watchdog reset doesn't mind getting interrupted, so
no need to disable interrupts
Signed-off-by: Christophe Leroy <christophe.leroy@c-s.fr>
Latest versions of u-boot have increased in size and require more
than the 256kb allocated to it.
The MCR3000 board is equipped with an AM29LV160DB boot flash which
is organised as follows:
- One 16kb block
- Two 8kb block
- One 32kb block
- Thirty one 64kb blocks
At the time being, u-boot is a single piece occupying the 256 first
kbytes, then the environment is stored in the following 64kb block
The environment being quite tiny, we save one 64kb block by embedding
the environment in the first 8kb block, hence allowing to increase
the monitor size to 320kb.
Signed-off-by: Christophe Leroy <christophe.leroy@c-s.fr>
Commit 7653942b10 ("common/env_embedded.c: drop support for
CONFIG_SYS_USE_PPCENV") dropped the .ppcenv section which was
used in linking scripts to allow fine placement of embedded
environment sections.
This implies that GCC randomly places objects from env/embedded.o
and environment is not guaranteed to be located at the correct address:
04003df8 g F .text 00000038 mii_init
04004000 g O .text 00000004 env_size
04004004 g O .text 00002000 environment
04006004 g F .text 00000040 .hidden __lshrdi3
This patch restores this capability by allocating each object marked
with __UBOOT_ENV_SECTION__ into a different section. Hence
'environment' will be alone in .text.environment, allowing a
fine placement in u-boot.lds with:
. = DEFINED(env_offset) ? env_offset : .;
env/embedded.o (.text.environment)
Fixes: 7653942b10 ("common/env_embedded.c: drop support for CONFIG_SYS_USE_PPCENV")
Cc: Thomas Petazzoni <thomas.petazzoni@free-electrons.com>
Signed-off-by: Christophe Leroy <christophe.leroy@c-s.fr>
Some config is redundant with Kconfig. Fix it.
Also remove unused configs
Move SDRAM_MAX_SIZE in the only place it is used
include/environment.h already defines CONFIG_ENV_SIZE
from CONFIG_ENV_SECT_SIZE and defines CONFIG_ENV_ADDR as
(CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_BASE + CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET)
remove BOOTARGS as bootargs is set by the different boot commands
Fix CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR and CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE to be in
line with CPM DPRAM organisation
Remove CONFIG_SYS_GBL_DATA_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_GBL_DATA_OFFSET and
CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET which are unused
Signed-off-by: Christophe Leroy <christophe.leroy@c-s.fr>
include/commproc.h is dedicated to the 8xx, rename it cpm_8xx.h and
move it into arch/powerpc/include/asm
Signed-off-by: Christophe Leroy <christophe.leroy@c-s.fr>
CONFIG_8xx doesn't mean much outside of arch/powerpc/
This patch renames it CONFIG_MPC8xx just like CONFIG_MPC85xx etc ...
It also renames 8xx_immap.h to immap_8xx.h to be consistent with
other file names.
Signed-off-by: Christophe Leroy <christophe.leroy@c-s.fr>
ATMEL_SPI is now fully converted to driver-model and
respective boards switch to DM_SPI as well,
so make default y for ARCH_AT91
Signed-off-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Acked-by: Wenyou Yang <wenyouya@gmail.com>
All board configs are now enabled DM_SPI for SPL and
U-Boot proper, so now its time to drop non-dm code.
Signed-off-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Acked-by: Wenyou Yang <wenyouya@gmail.com>
Now CONFIG_ATMEL_SPI is defined in Kconfig, so move the
same into defconfig file.
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Acked-by: Wenyou Yang <wenyouya@gmail.com>
Check FileHeader.Machine to make sure the EFI executable image is built
for the same architecture. For example, 32-bit U-Boot on x86 will print
an error message instead of loading an x86_64 image and crashing.
Signed-off-by: Ivan Gorinov <ivan.gorinov@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
Introduce functions to print information about loaded images.
If we want to analyze an exception in an EFI image we need the offset
between the PC and the start of the loaded image.
With efi_print_image_info() we can print the necessary information for a
single image, e.g.
UEFI image [0xbffe6000:0xbffe631f] pc=0x138 '/\snp.efi'
efi_print_image_infos() provides output for all loaded images.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
Implement the information type EFI_FILE_SYSTEM_INFO in the service
GetInfo() of the EFI_FILE_PROTOCOL.
The volume label is not available in U-Boot. As a work-around use the
partition name instead.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
When converting an ASCII string to UTF-16 don't forget to copy the
trailing \0.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
In the EFI_FILE_PROTOCOL buffer sizes and positions are passed as UINTN and
not as u64.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
We should not use void * but specific types for
* device_handle
* file_path
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
For analyzing crash output the relocation address and size are needed.
Save them in the loaded image info.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
We generally use efi_uintn_t where the UEFI spec uses UINTN.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
The efi_pxe_mode struct which represents the PXE_BASE_CODE_PROTOCOL
Replace the placeholder paddings in the efi_pxe_mode struct with the
actual fields as defined in UEFI's PXE Base Code Protocol. Since
our efi_ip_address is a simple char array set a specific alignment
to the efi_ip_address fields, as expected by the UEFI spec.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Wildt <patrick@blueri.se>
[agraf: s/pxe_discovervalid/pxe_discover_valid]
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
EFI_RESET_PLATFORM_SPECIFIC is one of the values that can be used for the
EFI service ResetSystem. The missing definition is added. The value has to
handled in efi_reset_system().
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
With the patch all block image transfer operations of the
EFI_GRAPHICS_OUTPUT_PROTOCOL are supported.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
If an event of a group event is signaled all other events of the same
group are signaled too.
Function efi_signal_event is renamed to efi_queue_event.
A new function efi_signal_event is introduced that checks if an event
belongs to a group and than signals all events of the group.
Event group notifciation is implemented for ExitBootServices,
InstallConfigurationTable, and ResetSystem.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
Event groups are used to signal multiple events at the same time.
They are identified by GUIDs. This patch provided the predefined
GUIDs of UEFI specification 2.7.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
Lift the limit on the number of events by using a linked list.
This also allows to have events with type == 0.
This patch is based on Rob's patch
efi_loader: fix events
https://lists.denx.de/pipermail/u-boot/2017-October/309348.html
Suggested-by: Rob Clark <robdclark@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
The second argument of the bootefi command should always be usable to
specify a device tree. This was missing for bootefi selftest and
bootefi hello.
Proper error handling is added.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
All EFI initialization functions should return a status code.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
efi_reset_system_init provides the architecture or board specific
initialization of the EFI subsystem. Errors should be caught and
signalled by a return code.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
efi_watchdog_register() should always return a status code and not
a boolean value.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
Consistently return status codes form efi_net_register().
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
All initialization routines should return a status code instead of
a boolean.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
[agraf: Convert warnings to debug() prints]
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
Errors may occur inside efi_smbios_register().
- Return a status code.
- Remove unused variables.
- Use constants where applicable.
Suggested-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
Not complete, but enough for Shell.efi and SCT.efi. We'll implement the
rest as needed or once we have SCT running properly so there is a way to
validate the interface against the conformance test suite.
Initial skeleton written by Leif, and then implementation by Rob.
Signed-off-by: Leif Lindholm <leif.lindholm@linaro.org>
[Fill initial skeleton]
Signed-off-by: Rob Clark <robdclark@gmail.com>
[Rebase on v2018.03-rc1]
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
More ARC changes and fixes for v2018.05
* Update of ARC tools to the most recent arc-2017.09
* Fix for compile-time warning for AXS10x
* Add support of platform-specific commands for HSDK
* Add support for on-board SPI flash on HSDK
Note though that for write support another series [1]
is required. I hope that Jagan will be able to review and
act on SPI flash improvement series before we get beyond RC1.
Also note that to get clean build for HSDK we need to disable
stack-usage check [2] as our current GCC erroneously tries to calculate
stack-usage on a naked function which leads to warning.
[1] https://patchwork.ozlabs.org/project/uboot/list/?series=35796
[2] https://patchwork.ozlabs.org/patch/894139/
This patch add support of hsdk platform-specific commands:
hsdk_clock set - set clock from axi_freq, cpu_freq and tun_freq
environment variables/command line arguments
hsdk_clock get - save clock frequencies to axi_freq, cpu_freq
and tun_freq environment variables
hsdk_clock print - show CPU, AXI, DDR and TUNNEL current
clock frequencies.
hsdk_clock print_all - show all currently used clock frequencies.
hsdk_init - setup board HW in one of pre-defined configuration
(hsdk_hs34 / hsdk_hs36 / hsdk_hs36_ccm / hsdk_hs38 /
hsdk_hs38_ccm / hsdk_hs38x2 / hsdk_hs38x3 / hsdk_hs38x4)
hsdk_go - run baremetal application on hsdk configured
by hsdk_init command.
This patch changes default behaviour of 'bootm' command:
now we are able to set number of CPUs to be kicked by setting
'core_mask' environment variable before 'bootm' command run.
Signed-off-by: Eugeniy Paltsev <Eugeniy.Paltsev@synopsys.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexey Brodkin <abrodkin@synopsys.com>
This header needs to know 'fdt_region' is a struct for the
fit_region_make_list() prototype.
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This macro is locally referenced in common/image-fdt.c
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Commit 286ede6 ("drivers: core: Add translation in live tree case") made
dev_get_addr always use proper bus translations for addresses read from
the device tree. But this leads to problems with certain busses, e.g.
I2C busses, which run into an error during translation, and hence stop
working.
It turns out that of_translate_address() and fdt_translate_address()
stop the address translation with an error when they're asked to
translate addresses for busses where #size-cells == 0 (comment from
drivers/core/of_addr.c):
* Note: We consider that crossing any level with #size-cells == 0 to mean
* that translation is impossible (that is we are not dealing with a value
* that can be mapped to a cpu physical address). This is not really specified
* that way, but this is traditionally the way IBM at least do things
To fix this case, we check in both the live-tree and non-live tree-case,
whether the bus of the device whose address is about to be translated
has size-cell size zero. If this is the case, we just read the address
as a plain integer and return it, and only apply bus translations if the
size-cell size if greater than zero.
Signed-off-by: Mario Six <mario.six@gdsys.cc>
Signed-off-by: Martin Fuzzey <mfuzzey@parkeon.com>
Reported-by: Martin Fuzzey <mfuzzey@parkeon.com>
Fixes: 286ede6 ("drivers: core: Add translation in live tree case")
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add api for who can not get phandle from a device property.
Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Reviewed-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
The various load address values are taken from the a37xx configuration
and match the dowstream 'u-boot-2017.03-armada-17.10' release where
appropriate.
Signed-off-by: Mark Kettenis <kettenis@openbsd.org>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Enable CONFIG_OF_BOAD to support delivery dtb to u-boot
at run time instead of embedded.
There are two methods to delivery dtb.
1 Pass from loader:
When u-boot boot from RAM, gdb or loader can pass dtb
via a2 to u-boot dynamically. Of course gdb or loader
shall be in charge of dtb delivery.
2 Configure CONFIG_SYS_FDT_BASE:
It can be configured as RAM or ROM base statically,
no mater u-boot boot from RAM or ROM.
If it was configured as ROM base, dtb can be burned
into ROM(spi flash) by spi driver.
Meanwhile remove CONFIG_SKIP_LOWLEVEL_INIT which is
useless in nx25-ae250 configuration.
Signed-off-by: Rick Chen <rick@andestech.com>
Signed-off-by: Rick Chen <rickchen36@gmail.com>
Cc: Greentime Hu <green.hu@gmail.com>
Convert CONFIG_FTSDC010_SDIO to Kconfig.
So CONFIG_FTSDC010_SDIO can also be
removed from config_whitelist.txt.
Signed-off-by: Rick Chen <rick@andestech.com>
Signed-off-by: Rick Chen <rickchen36@gmail.com>
Cc: Greentime Hu <green.hu@gmail.com>
CONFIG_FTSDC010_NUMBER was not used anymore,
can be removed now.
So CONFIG_FTSDC010_NUMBER
can also be removed from config_whitelist.txt.
Signed-off-by: Rick Chen <rick@andestech.com>
Signed-off-by: Rick Chen <rickchen36@gmail.com>
Cc: Greentime Hu <green.hu@gmail.com>
The SPL MISC driver support must be enabled, so that the driver can use OTP fuse
to check if HAB is enabled.
Signed-off-by: Eran Matityahu <eran.m@variscite.com>
This fixes environment variable location to avoid overlapping with
U-Boot itself. Also more space for environment variables has been
reserved to prevent future issues.
Signed-off-by: Nandor Han <nandor.han@ge.com>
Signed-off-by: Sebastian Reichel <sebastian.reichel@collabora.co.uk>
NXP layerscape platforms like ls1088a, ls2088a
uses MXC I2C Controller.
-Remove dependency of MX6 for the same.
Update related configs to use Kconfig file.
-Add SYS_I2C_MXC_I2C1,_I2C2,_I2C3,_I2C4 in Kconfig
-Add CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C1_SPEED,_I2C2_,_I2C3_,_I2C4_ in Kconfig
-Add CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C1_SLAVE,_I2C2_,_I2C3_,_I2C4_ in Kconfig
Signed-off-by: Sriram Dash <sriram.dash@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Mark Kettenis <kettenis@openbsd.org>
Acked-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Tested-by: Klaus Goger <klaus.goger@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Introduce another difference from upstream (kernel) source in
fs/ubifs/super.c: adding preprocessor condition as y variable in
mount_ubifs() depends on CONFIG_UBIFS_SILENCE_MSG:
fs/ubifs/super.c:1337:15: error: variable ?y? set but not used [-Werror=unused-but-set-variable]
long long x, y;
Not setting CONFIG_UBIFS_SILENCE_MSG in am335x_igep003x_defconfig and
igep0032_defconfig. Although it was defined in their config headers, it
depends on CMD_UBIFS which is not set for them.
Signed-off-by: Petr Vorel <petr.vorel@gmail.com>
Cc: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
Cc: Heiko Schocher <hs@denx.de>
This patch changed CONFIG_SYS_MEMTEST_SCRATCH address to the
accessible DDR address used by alternate memory test.
Before this, 0xfffc0000 address was used, which is the OCM
address and not enabled in MMU table. So, whenever trying
to access 0xfffc0000 address, got Synchronous Abort exception.
After changing CONFIG_SYS_MEMTEST_SCRATCH address, alternate
memory test is working fine.
Signed-off-by: Vipul Kumar <vipulk@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: Siva Durga Prasad Paladugu <sivadur@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
This patch is adding support to switch to EL1 while loading an EL1
application with u-boot running at EL above EL1 in aarch64 mode.
Signed-off-by: Nitin Jain <nitinj@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: Siva Durga Prasad Paladugu <sivadur@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Enable Driver Model and Device-tree support for omapl138 board
in U-Boot. Also enable DM_SERIAL and DM_I2C.
Signed-off-by: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
commit 1601dd97ed ("davinci: omapl138_lcdk: increase PLL0 frequency")
changed the PLL0 frequency to 456MHz, which is needed for the LCDC IP
block. However, in doing so, it caused the PLLOUT clock to be outside
of the allowable specifications given in the OMAP-L138 data sheet. (It
says PLLOUT must be 600MHz max). It also uses a PLLM value outside of
the range given in the TRM (it says PLLM must in the range 0 to 0x1f).
So here is what we have currently:
PLLOUT = 24 / (0 + 1) * (37 + 1) = 912MHz (out of spec)
^ ^ ^
CLKIN PREDIV PLLM (out of spec)
input to PLLDIVn = 912 / (1 + 1) = 456MHz (desired result)
^ ^
PLLOUT POSTDIV
This changes the PLLM value to 18 and the POSTDIV value to 0 so that
PLLOUT is now within specification but we still get the desired
result.
PLLOUT = 24 / (0 + 1) * (18 + 1) = 456MHz (within spec)
^ ^ ^
CLKIN PREDIV PLLM
input to PLLDIVn = 456 / (0 + 1) = 456MHz (desired result)
^ ^
PLLOUT POSTDIV
Fixes: 1601dd97ed ("davinci: omapl138_lcdk: increase PLL0 frequency")
Signed-off-by: David Lechner <david@lechnology.com>
Reported-by: Sekhar Nori <nsekhar@ti.com>
Tested-by: Sekhar Nori <nsekhar@ti.com>
Last user of this driver went away in October 2014 in
commit d58a9451e7 ("ppc/arm: zap EMK boards").
Signed-off-by: Tuomas Tynkkynen <tuomas@tuxera.com>
Acked-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
This patch enables ethernet support for ls1012ardb.
Signed-off-by: Calvin Johnson <calvin.johnson@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Anjaneyulu Jagarlmudi <anji.jagarlmudi@nxp.com>
Acked-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
Contains all the pfe header files.
Signed-off-by: Calvin Johnson <calvin.johnson@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Anjaneyulu Jagarlmudi <anji.jagarlmudi@nxp.com>
Acked-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
Fix NOR, SD and QSPI fallback option in case of secure boot failure.
Signed-off-by: Vinitha V Pillai <vinitha.pillai@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: York Sun <york.sun@nxp.com>
IFC-NOR and QSPI-NOR pins are multiplexed on SoC, so they cannot be
accessed simultaneously. IFC-NOR can be accessed along with SD-BOOT.
Ls1088aqds_sdcard_ifc_defconfig is default config for SD boot and
IFC-NOR to be used as flash. This allows writing to IFC-NOR flash.
QSPI and DSPI cannot be accessed in this defconfig.
IFC-NOR image is generated using ls1088aqds_defconfig.
Signed-off-by: Ashish Kumar <Ashish.Kumar@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: York Sun <york.sun@nxp.com>
This patch adds a new type IH_OS_TEE. This new OS type will be used for
chain-loading to Linux via a TEE.
With this patch in-place you can generate a bootable OPTEE image like this:
mkimage -A arm -T kernel -O tee -C none -d tee.bin uTee.optee
where "tee.bin" is the input binary prefixed with an OPTEE header and
uTee.optee is the output prefixed with a u-boot wrapper header.
This image type "-T kernel -O tee" is differentiated from the existing
IH_TYPE_TEE "-T tee" in that the IH_TYPE is installed by u-boot (flow
control returns to u-boot) whereas for the new IH_OS_TEE control passes to
the OPTEE firmware and the firmware chainloads onto Linux.
Andrew Davis gave the following ASCII diagram:
IH_OS_TEE: (mkimage -T kernel -O tee)
Non-Secure Secure
BootROM
|
-------------
|
v
SPL
|
v
U-Boot ------>
<----- OP-TEE
|
V
Linux
IH_TYPE_TEE: (mkimage -T tee)
Non-Secure Secure
BootROM
|
-------------
|
v
SPL ------->
<----- OP-TEE
|
v
U-Boot
|
V
Linux
Signed-off-by: Bryan O'Donoghue <bryan.odonoghue@linaro.org>
Suggested-by: Andrew F. Davis <afd@ti.com>
Cc: Harinarayan Bhatta <harinarayan@ti.com>
Cc: Andrew F. Davis <afd@ti.com>
Cc: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Cc: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Cc: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Cc: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Link: http://mrvan.github.io/optee-imx6ul
This patch adds optee_verify_bootm_image() which will be subsequently used
to verify the parameters encoded in the OPTEE header match the memory
allocated to the OPTEE region, OPTEE header magic and version prior to
handing off control to the OPTEE image.
Signed-off-by: Bryan O'Donoghue <bryan.odonoghue@linaro.org>
Cc: Harinarayan Bhatta <harinarayan@ti.com>
Cc: Andrew F. Davis <afd@ti.com>
Cc: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Cc: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Cc: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Cc: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
This patch adds optee_image_get_load_addr() a helper function used to
calculate the load-address of an OPTEE image based on the lower
entry-point address given in the OPTEE header.
Signed-off-by: Bryan O'Donoghue <bryan.odonoghue@linaro.org>
Cc: Harinarayan Bhatta <harinarayan@ti.com>
Cc: Andrew F. Davis <afd@ti.com>
Cc: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Cc: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Cc: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Cc: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Tested-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Add a helper function for extracting the least significant 32 bits from the
OPTEE entry point address, which will be good enough to load OPTEE binaries
up to (2^32)-1 bytes.
We may need to extend this out later on but for now (2^32)-1 should be
fine.
Signed-off-by: Bryan O'Donoghue <bryan.odonoghue@linaro.org>
Cc: Harinarayan Bhatta <harinarayan@ti.com>
Cc: Andrew F. Davis <afd@ti.com>
Cc: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Cc: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Cc: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Cc: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Tested-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
This patch adds code to lib to enable sharing of useful OPTEE code between
board-ports and architectures. The code on lib/optee/optee.c comes from the
TI omap2 port. Eventually the OMAP2 code will be patched to include the
shared code. The intention here is to add more useful OPTEE specific code
as more functionality gets added.
Signed-off-by: Bryan O'Donoghue <bryan.odonoghue@linaro.org>
Cc: Harinarayan Bhatta <harinarayan@ti.com>
Cc: Andrew F. Davis <afd@ti.com>
Cc: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Cc: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Cc: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Cc: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Tested-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
ppc4xx support was removed some time ago. Lets remove the now unused
"pci_fb" variable from "struct pci_controller" as well.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Cc: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add first support for STM32MP157C-ED1 board with "Basic" boot chain
1/ Boot Rom: load SPL with STM32 image header in SYSRAM
2/ SPL: power up and initialize the DDR and load U-Boot image
from SDCARD in DDR
3/ U-Boot: search and load extlinux.conf in SDCARD
(DISTRO activated)
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Add minimal devicetree for STM32MP157C-ED1 board,
with only the devices to allow boot from SDCARD:
- RCC for clock and reset
- UART4 for console
- I2C and PMIC
- DDR
- SDMMC0 for SDCard
Waiting Kernel upstream for alignment.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
This driver implements register read/write operations for STPMU1.
The STPMU1 PMIC provides 4 BUCKs, 6 LDOs, 1 VREF
and 2 power switches. It is accessed via an I2C interface.
This device is used with STM32MP1 SoCs.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
STM32MP157 bootrom needs a specific header for first boot stage.
This patch adds support of this header in mkimage.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
U-boot proper signature is not verified by SPL on most platforms
even config SPL_FIT_SIGNATURE is enabled. Only fsl-layerscape
platform support secure boot in platform specific code. So
verified boot cannot be achieved if u-boot proper is loaded by
SPL.
This patch add signature verification to u-boot proper images
when loading FIT image in SPL. It is tested on Allwinner bananapi
zero board with H2+ SoC.
Signed-off-by: Jun Nie <jun.nie@linaro.org>
Support several pixel format (8bits, 16bits, 24bits & 32bits).
Add new file st_logo_data.h which contains logo
stmicroelectronics_uboot_logo_8bit_rle.bmp.
Signed-off-by: yannick fertre <yannick.fertre@st.com>
Merge init_helpers.h in the new file init.h
with only prototypes for init_cache_f_r
used in common/board_f.c
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Move prototypes for function used in common/board_f.c
from common.h to init.h
Remove weak for arch_reserve_stacks in prototype
(checkpatch issue)
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
The 2 functions board_power_mode and board_poweroff
are no more existing in U-Boot code (check with grep)
This patch updates the documentation and removes
the unnecessary prototypes.
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Remove the prototypes for 4 functions no more existing
in U-Boot code (checked by grep):
- checkflash
- checkdram
- mdm_init
- setup_board_extra
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Add a new file init.h with the prototype for arch_cpu_init
Add a prototype for mach_cpu_init() to avoid a warning:
no previous prototype for ‘mach_cpu_init’
It is a first step to move all the functions prototype
used during U-Boot initialization (board_f.c / board_r.c)
from common.h to init.h
Signed-off-by: Patrick Delaunay <patrick.delaunay@st.com>
Reviewed-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
This converts the following to Kconfig:
CONFIG_CONS_INDEX
We have existing entries for this option in a number of places, with
different guards on them. They're also sometimes used for things not
directly inside of the serial driver. First, introduce a new symbol to
guard the use of CONFIG_CONS_INDEX, so that in the case where we don't
need this for the serial driver, but for some other use, we can still do
it. Next, consolidate all of these into the single entry in
drivers/serial/Kconfig. Finally, introduce CONS_INDEX_[023456] so that
we can imply a correct value here to make the defconfig side of this
smaller.
Signed-off-by: Adam Ford <aford173@gmail.com>
[trini: Rework a lot of the logic here, such that I took authorship from
Adam, but kept his S-o-B line]
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This patch updates the default u-boot env for K2L HS devices
to install the secure boot monitor and load the fitImage during
boot.
Signed-off-by: Madan Srinivas <madans@ti.com>
Acked-by: Andrew F. Davis <afd@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
The kernel size is getting bigger and bigger. Because the Android
common kernel is even bigger than the vanilla one, so images overlap
in the current memory layout.
Adjust the load address for a bigger kernel image.
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
If a bigger EL32 is used, fip.bin can be larger than the currently
assumed boot firmware size. Adjust the update commands.
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
This commit does the following for OMAP3 EVM:
- Track omap3_beagle changes where possible
- Remove CONFIG_SYS_MPUCLK and CONFIG_MTD which are not needed for the
default board configuration to work.
- Remove CONFIG_SPL_SYS_MALLOC_SIMPLE and CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_F_LEN from
default config. CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_F_LEN=0x400 is set by configuration
automatically. [allows board to boot with SERIAL_SEARCH_ALL=y]
- Use updated NAND layout:
device nand0 <omap2-nand.0>, # parts = 6
#: name size offset
-------------------------------------------------
0: spl 0x00080000(512k) 0x00000000
1: u-boot 0x001e0000(1920k) 0x00080000
2: u-boot-env 0x00020000(128k) 0x00260000
3: dtb 0x00020000(128k) 0x00280000
4: kernel 0x00600000(6m) 0x002a0000
5: rootfs 0x0f760000(-) 0x008a0000
-------------------------------------------------
Signed-off-by: Derald D. Woods <woods.technical@gmail.com>
This commit does the following for BeagleBoard{-xM}:
- Enable DM_SERIAL which also enables SPL_DM_SERIAL
- Misc. config updates in support of DM_SERIAL
- Use updated NAND layout (BeagleBoard):
device nand0 <omap2-nand.0>, # parts = 6
#: name size offset
-------------------------------------------------
0: spl 0x00080000(512k) 0x00000000
1: u-boot 0x001e0000(1920k) 0x00080000
2: u-boot-env 0x00020000(128k) 0x00260000
3: dtb 0x00020000(128k) 0x00280000
4: kernel 0x00600000(6m) 0x002a0000
5: rootfs 0x0f760000(-) 0x008a0000
-------------------------------------------------
- Use MMC and UBIFS support from config_distro_bootcmd.h
- Use LEGACY_MMC and NAND support defined in omap3_beagle.h
[MMC(0:1)/extlinux/extlinux.conf]
---8<-------------------------------------------------------------------
default omap3-beagle-mmc-fat
label omap3-beagle-mmc-fat
kernel /zImage
fdt /omap3-beagle.dtb
append console=ttyO2,115200n8 root=/dev/mmcblk0p2 rw rootfstype=ext4 rootwait
---8<-------------------------------------------------------------------
[LEGACY_MMC(0:2)/boot/extlinux/extlinux.conf]
---8<-------------------------------------------------------------------
default omap3-beagle-mmc-ext4
label omap3-beagle-mmc-ext4
kernel /boot/zImage
fdt /boot/omap3-beagle.dtb
append console=ttyO2,115200n8 root=/dev/mmcblk0p2 rw rootfstype=ext4 rootwait
---8<-------------------------------------------------------------------
[UBIFS(ubi0:rootfs)/boot/extlinux/extlinux.conf]
---8<-------------------------------------------------------------------
default omap3-beagle-nand-ubifs
label omap3-beagle-nand-ubifs
kernel /boot/zImage
fdt /boot/omap3-beagle.dtb
append console=ttyO2,115200n8 root=ubi0:rootfs rw ubi.mtd=rootfs rootfstype=ubifs rootwait
---8<-------------------------------------------------------------------
The board's 'bootcmd' can also be overridden with:
CONFIG_BOOTCOMMAND="run findfdt; run mmcboot"
CONFIG_BOOTCOMMAND="run findfdt; run nandboot"
CONFIG_BOOTCOMMAND="run findfdt; run ramboot"
or
CONFIG_BOOTCOMMAND="run findfdt; run somethingelse"
The use of 'run findfdt' is required.
Signed-off-by: Derald D. Woods <woods.technical@gmail.com>
Get the start address and the size of partitions using partition names
rather than partition numbers. This way we can change the partition
table further without changing the boot code.
Signed-off-by: Sam Protsenko <semen.protsenko@linaro.org>
DSI clock is available on STM32F769-disco and
STM32F469-disco board.
Signed-off-by: Yannick Fertre <yannick.fertre@st.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
Use available DM stm32_timer driver instead of dedicated
mach-stm32/stm32fx/timer.c.
Remove all defines or files previously used for timer usage in
arch/arm/include/asm/arch-stm32fx and in arch/arm/mach-stm32/stm32fx
Enable DM STM32_TIMER for STM32F4/F7 and H7.
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
Booting a aarch64 Linux kernel requires the image to be placed
text_offset bytes from a 2MB aligned address.
See https://www.kernel.org/doc/Documentation/arm64/booting.txt
booti_setup() takes care about this alignment and will relocate the
image if not properly aligned with memmove(). This can require up
to double the size of the loaded image and therefore accidentally
overwrite content placed there (i.e ramdisk_addr_r) for large kernel
images.
By adding text_offset to the default kernel_addr_r we can prevent that
from happening for kernels larger 18MB and also save a few cycles.
We can assume a text_offset of 0x80000 for most cases, all others will be
handled by booti_setup() anyway.
Signed-off-by: Klaus Goger <klaus.goger@theobroma-systems.com>
Acked-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
CONFIG_PHY_ADDR is used for old-style configuration. This makes
impossible changing the PHY address, if multiple boards share a same
config header file (for example include/configs/sunxi-common.h).
Moving this to Kconfig helps overcoming this issue. It's defined
as entry inside PHYLIB section.
After the implemention, moveconfig was run. The issues are:
- edb9315a - CONFIG_PHYLIB is not enabled. Entry is
deleted.
- ds414 - CONFIG_PHYLIB is in incompatible format:
{ 0x1, 0x0 }. This entry is also deleted.
- devkit3250 - The PHY_ADDR is in hex format (0x1F).
Manually CONFIG_PHY_ADDR=31 is added in
the defconfig.
After the changes the suspicious defconfigs passes building.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Mavrodiev <stefan@olimex.com>
Acked-by: Maxime Ripard <maxime.ripard@free-electrons.com>
[jagan: rebased on master]
Signed-off-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@openedev.com>
The following config symbols are only defined once and never referenced
anywhere else:
CONFIG_AT91SAM9263EK
CONFIG_AT91SAM9RLEK
CONFIG_BARIX_IPAM390
CONFIG_BOARD_H2200
CONFIG_EP9301
CONFIG_KZM_A9_GT
CONFIG_PICOSAM
CONFIG_PLATINUM_PICON
CONFIG_PLATINUM_TITANIUM
CONFIG_PM9261
CONFIG_PM9263
CONFIG_PM9G45
CONFIG_SIEMENS_DRACO
CONFIG_SIEMENS_PXM2
CONFIG_SIEMENS_RUT
CONFIG_SMDKC100
CONFIG_SMDKV310
CONFIG_STM32F4DISCOVERY
Most of them are config symbols named after the respective boards which
seems to have been a standard practice at some point.
Signed-off-by: Tuomas Tynkkynen <tuomas@tuxera.com>
The following config symbols are only defined once and never referenced
anywhere else:
CONFIG_ARM926EJS
CONFIG_CPUAT91
CONFIG_EXYNOS5800
CONFIG_SYS_CORTEX_R4
Most of them are config symbols named after the respective SoCs which
seems to have been a standard practice at some point.
Signed-off-by: Tuomas Tynkkynen <tuomas@tuxera.com>
The following config symbols are only defined once and never referenced
anywhere else:
CONFIG_DBAU1X00
CONFIG_PB1X00
Most of them are config symbols named after the respective boards which
seems to have been a standard practice at some point.
Signed-off-by: Tuomas Tynkkynen <tuomas@tuxera.com>
The @gdsys.cc addresses are supposed to be used for mailing lists.
Switch all occurrences of @gdsys.de mail addresses to their @gdsys.cc
equivalent.
Also, Dirk's address was wrong in one place; fix that as well.
Signed-off-by: Mario Six <six@gdsys.cc>
CONFIG_SYS_CBSIZE determines the maximum length of the kernel command
line, and the default value of 256 is too small for booting some Linux
images in the wild.
Signed-off-by: Tuomas Tynkkynen <tuomas.tynkkynen@iki.fi>
Support special rendition code 0 - reset attributes.
Support special rendition code 1 - increased intensity (bold).
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Use constants to refer to colors.
Adjust initialization of foreground and background color to avoid
setting reserved bits.
Consistently u32 instead of unsigned for color bit mask.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Thomas reported U-Boot failed to build host tools if libfdt-devel
package is installed because tools include libfdt headers from
/usr/include/ instead of using internal ones.
This commit moves the header code:
include/libfdt.h -> include/linux/libfdt.h
include/libfdt_env.h -> include/linux/libfdt_env.h
and replaces include directives:
#include <libfdt.h> -> #include <linux/libfdt.h>
#include <libfdt_env.h> -> #include <linux/libfdt_env.h>
Reported-by: Thomas Petazzoni <thomas.petazzoni@bootlin.com>
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
Rename CONFIG_SPL_USBETH_SUPPORT to CONFIG_SPL_USB_ETHER.
This enables users to block text using CONFIG_IS_ENABLED() instead
of resorting to #if ladders with SPL and non-SPL cases.
Signed-off-by: Faiz Abbas <faiz_abbas@ti.com>
Import the R8A77965 M3N DT from Linux 4.16-rc1 .
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Cc: Nobuhiro Iwamatsu <iwamatsu@nigauri.org>
This patch added Kconfig support for CONFIG_ZYNQ_SDHCI_MIN_FREQ
and enabled it in respective defconfig.
Signed-off-by: Vipul Kumar <vipulk@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: Siva Durga Prasad Paladugu <sivadur@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
This patch added Kconfig support for CONFIG_ZYNQ_SDHCI_MAX_FREQ
and enabled it in respective defconfig.
Signed-off-by: Vipul Kumar <vipulk@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: Siva Durga Prasad Paladugu <sivadur@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
This patch added Kconfig support for CONFIG_XILINX_GPIO
and enabled it in respective defconfig.
Signed-off-by: Vipul Kumar <vipulk@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: Siva Durga Prasad Paladugu <sivadur@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
This patch added Kconfig support for CONFIG_ZYNQ_I2C0 and
CONFIG_ZYNQ_I2C1 and enabled it in respective defconfig.
Signed-off-by: Vipul Kumar <vipulk@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: Siva Durga Prasad Paladugu <sivadur@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
This patch added Kconfig support for CONFIG_ZYNQ_GEM_I2C_MAC_OFFSET
and enabled it in respective defconfig.
Signed-off-by: Vipul Kumar <vipulk@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: Siva Durga Prasad Paladugu <sivadur@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
This patch added Kconfig support for CONFIG_SYS_I2C_ZYNQ_SPEED
and set it to default value 100000.
Signed-off-by: Vipul Kumar <vipulk@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: Siva Durga Prasad Paladugu <sivadur@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
This patch added Kconfig support for CONFIG_SYS_I2C_ZYNQ_SLAVE
and set it default to 0.
Signed-off-by: Vipul Kumar <vipulk@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: Siva Durga Prasad Paladugu <sivadur@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
This patch added Kconfig support for CONFIG_FPGA_ZYNQPL and migrates the
values over to the defconfigs.
Signed-off-by: Vipul Kumar <vipulk@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: Siva Durga Prasad Paladugu <sivadur@xilinx.com>
This patch added Kconfig support for FPGA_SPARTAN3 and migrates the
values over to the defconfigs.
Signed-off-by: Vipul Kumar <vipulk@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: Siva Durga Prasad Paladugu <sivadur@xilinx.com>
Enable networking command only when NET is enabled.
And remove selecting NET for CMD_NET
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
The u-boot-spl.srec is needed for the minimon update on Gen2 SoCs,
conveniently generate this file if SPL is enabled.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Cc: Nobuhiro Iwamatsu <iwamatsu@nigauri.org>
Cc: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
The u-boot-elf.srec is needed for the minimon update on Gen3 SoCs,
conveniently generate this file.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Cc: Nobuhiro Iwamatsu <iwamatsu@nigauri.org>
Add support for a new boards from devboards.de , the DBM-SoC1 .
This board has one ethernet port, one USB OTG port and USB UART.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Migrate the users of CONFIG_SYS_BOOTCOUNT_ADDR to Kconfig. We can
provide a default for BOOTCOUNT_AM33XX as that's a specific part of the
RTC in use. We can also provide a default for ARCH_LS1043A and
ARCH_LS1021A as they had been previously calculated and their symbols
are in Kconfig. In the case of other QE-enabled platforms, they are not
so we must update the relevant defconfig files. The previous default
only applied in some cases, even on a specific SoC family.
Reviewed-by: Lukasz Majewski <lukma@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Alex Kiernan <alex.kiernan@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This converts the following to Kconfig:
CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_I2C
Signed-off-by: Alex Kiernan <alex.kiernan@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Lukasz Majewski <lukma@denx.de>
This converts the following to Kconfig:
CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_RAM
Signed-off-by: Alex Kiernan <alex.kiernan@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Lukasz Majewski <lukma@denx.de>
This converts the following to Kconfig:
CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_ENV
Signed-off-by: Alex Kiernan <alex.kiernan@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Lukasz Majewski <lukma@denx.de>
This converts the following to Kconfig:
CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_AM33XX
Reviewed-by: Lukasz Majewski <lukma@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Hannes Schmelzer <hannes.schmelzer@br-automation.com>
Acked-by: Hannes Schmelzer <hannes.schmelzer@br-automation.com>
Signed-off-by: Alex Kiernan <alex.kiernan@gmail.com>
With the contents of config_distro_defaults.h migrated to Kconfig,
we can remove this header file completely
Signed-off-by: Adam Ford <aford173@gmail.com>
This converts the following to Kconfig:
CONFIG_BOOTP_BOOTPATH
CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS
CONFIG_BOOTP_GATEWAY
CONFIG_BOOTP_HOSTNAME
CONFIG_BOOTP_PXE
CONFIG_BOOTP_SUBNETMASK
CONFIG_CMDLINE_EDITING
CONFIG_AUTO_COMPLETE
CONFIG_SYS_LONGHELP
CONFIG_SUPPORT_RAW_INITRD
CONFIG_ENV_VARS_UBOOT_CONFIG
Signed-off-by: Adam Ford <aford173@gmail.com>
[trini: Re-run the migration]
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
We need to get ofnode from a phandle, add interface to support
both live dt and fdt.
Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Tested-by: Klaus Goger <klaus.goger@theobroma-systems.com>
Signed-off-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
The Rockchip video drivers need to walk the ofnode-parrents to find
an enclosing device that has a UCLASS_DISPLAY driver bound. This
adds a ofnode_get_parent()-function that returns the parent-node.
Signed-off-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Tested-by: Klaus Goger <klaus.goger@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Anatolij Gustschin <agust@denx.de>
ll_temac driver was used by Xilinx Microblaze big endian and
Xilinx ppc405/ppc440 SoCs.
ppc support was removed by: "powerpc: remove 4xx support"
(sha1: 98f705c9ce)
and Microblaze BE is not tested for a long time that's why this driver
can be removed because none is going to updated it to DM anyway.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Acked-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
A number of platforms include config_distro_defaults.h but do not enable
CONFIG_DISTRO_DEFAULTS. As they plainly intended to, set that flag and
re-sync config files.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Do the following to make the symbol names less confusing.
sed -i "s/\([TU][^_]\+\)_FUNCTION_DFU/DFU_OVER_\1/g" \
`git grep _FUNCTION_DFU | cut -d ":" -f 1 | sort -u`
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Cc: Lukasz Majewski <lukma@denx.de>
The correspondence between mmc versions as used in u-boot and the version
numbers reported in register EXT_CSD_REV is wrong for versions above and
including MMC_VERSION_4_41. All those versions were shifted by one:
real 4.5 hardware appeared to be MMC_VERSION_5_0.
Fix this by adding the missing version in the correspondence table.
Reported-by: eil Eilmsteiner Heribert <eil@keba.com>
Signed-off-by: Jean-Jacques Hiblot <jjhiblot@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Sam Protsenko <semen.protsenko@linaro.org>
Add a new API to perform iodelay recalibration without isolate
io to be used in uboot.
The data manual of J6/J6 Eco recommends to set different IODELAY values
depending on the mode in which the MMC/SD is enumerated in order to
ensure IO timings are met. The MMC driver can use the new API to
set the IO delay values depending on the MMC mode.
Signed-off-by: Kishon Vijay Abraham I <kishon@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Jean-Jacques Hiblot <jjhiblot@ti.com>
To debug device tree issues involving 32- and 64-bit platforms, it is useful to
have a generic 64-bit platform available.
Add a version of the sandbox that uses 64-bit integers for its physical
addresses as well as a modified device tree.
Signed-off-by: Mario Six <mario.six@gdsys.cc>
Added CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to configs/sandbox64_defconfig
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Get rid of the SH I2C driver on Porter and enable the IIC driver
instead . The old SH I2C is completely broken on Porter anyway
and the DM/DT capable IIC driver allows access to the PMIC too.
Use the DM/DT capable driver instead.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Cc: Nobuhiro Iwamatsu <iwamatsu@nigauri.org>
Set those limits to inform U-Boot about FDT and initramfs placement.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Cc: Nobuhiro Iwamatsu <iwamatsu@nigauri.org>
With multiple environments, the 'get_char' callback for env
drivers does not really make sense any more because it is
only supported by two drivers (eeprom and nvram).
To restore single character loading for these drivers,
override 'env_get_char_spec'.
Signed-off-by: Simon Goldschmidt <sgoldschmidt@de.pepperl-fuchs.com>
Acked-by: Maxime Ripard <maxime.ripard@bootlin.com>
Commit 7d714a24d7 ("env: Support multiple environments") added
static variable env_load_location. When saving environmental
variables, this variable is presumed to have the value set before.
In case the value was set before relocation and U-Boot runs from a
NOR flash, this variable wasn't writable. This causes failure when
saving the environment. To save this location, global data must be
used instead.
Signed-off-by: York Sun <york.sun@nxp.com>
CC: Maxime Ripard <maxime.ripard@free-electrons.com>
This makes the shell so much more pleasant to use, so enable it.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Cc: Nobuhiro Iwamatsu <iwamatsu@nigauri.org>
Due to size limitations of the MERAM, switch U-Boot to SPL.
The SPL is loaded by the SPI_LOADER into MERAM and then loads
U-Boot proper into DRAM. This way U-Boot can freely grow in
size in DRAM, as there is plenty of it.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Cc: Nobuhiro Iwamatsu <iwamatsu@nigauri.org>
---
NOTE: To update U-Boot, first install u-boot.img to 0x140000 in SPI NOR,
then use the Minimon to flash u-boot-spl.srec using ls,2,e6304000.
To generate u-boot-spl.srec, use objcopy:
arm-linux-gnueabi-objcopy -O srec spl/u-boot-spl u-boot-spl.srec
This makes the shell so much more pleasant to use, so enable it.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Cc: Nobuhiro Iwamatsu <iwamatsu@nigauri.org>
All Socfpga boards from ./include/configs/socfpga_* define
CONFIG_HW_WATCHDOG.
To ease CONFIG_HW_WATCHDOG conversion to Kconfig select it in
config ARCH_SOCFPGA (arch/arm/Kconfig) section.
Signed-off-by: Lukasz Majewski <lukma@denx.de>
Signed-off-by: Simon Goldschmidt <sgoldschmidt@de.pepperl-fuchs.com>
This converts the following to Kconfig:
CONFIG_SYS_BOOTCOUNT_SINGLEWORD
Signed-off-by: Lukasz Majewski <lukma@denx.de>
Tested-by: Alex Kiernan <alex.kiernan@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Ian Ray <ian.ray@ge.com>
This converts the following to Kconfig:
CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_LIMIT
Signed-off-by: Lukasz Majewski <lukma@denx.de>
Tested-by: Alex Kiernan <alex.kiernan@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Hannes Schmelzer <hannes.schmelzer@br-automation.com>
Acked-by: Hannes Schmelzer <hannes.schmelzer@br-automation.com>
>From DFU_ALT_INFO_EMMC (include/environment/ti/dfu.h) we can see that
rootfs will be flashed to second partition on eMMC. But at the moment we
have only one partition in $partitions environment variable. Let's add
"bootloader" partition prior to "rootfs", so that DFU works correctly.
This also fixes eMMC boot, which looks for rootfs on second partition.
"bootloader" partition start corresponds to "u-boot.img.raw" in DFU
eMMC info, which is 0x300 sector (384 KiB offset from eMMC start).
rootfs start address can be also found from DFU eMMC info.
bootloader-related area is finished at 0x1500 sector (2688 KiB offset
from eMMC start). This should be the start address for rootfs in
$partitions environment variable.
While at it, fix U-Boot environment address to be the same as for
AM57x EVM, so that it doesn't clash with other partitions.
So now eMMC layout looks like this:
===============================================================
0 +------------------------+
| MBR/GPT header | 128 -
128 +------------------------+
| MLO | 256 -
384 +------------------------+
| u-boot.img | 1792 bootloader
2176 +------------------------+
| //////// hole //////// | 256 -
2432 +------------------------+
| U-Boot environment | 128 -
2560 +------------------------+
| U-Boot environment | 128 -
| (redundant) |
2688 +------------------------+
| rootfs | remaining rootfs
end +------------------------+
===============================================================
"hole" area can be used further for storing U-Boot environment (like
it's done in AM57x EVM config file) or for increasing u-boot.img area
(in case u-boot.img size increased, e.g. if new dtbs were added).
This commit conforms with Linux partition table from f6d245b8c5
("arm: am57xx: Fix Linux boot from eMMC") commit, making things in
uniform way.
Signed-off-by: Sam Protsenko <semen.protsenko@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Migrate the option CONFIG_SPL_FRAMEWORK and make this gate most of the
current set of options we have in Kconfig. We will need to have some
options available for SPL and !SPL_FRAMEWORK so this is important. In a
few cases we re-order existing options so that we have less escapes from
the SPL_FRAMEWORK guard.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This driver is no longer used on any supported platform in U-Boot and
there is no interest in maintaining it further from people that have
used it historically.
Cc: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Cc: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
c: Alexey Brodkin <alexey.brodkin@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Acked-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Remove CONFIG_BOOT_RETRY_TIME as it doesn't do much good and enable
CONFIG_HUSH_PARSER in xtfpga_defconfig.
Signed-off-by: Max Filippov <jcmvbkbc@gmail.com>
On the NIOS2 and Xtensa architectures, we do not have
CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE set. This is a strict migration of the current
values into the defconfig and removing them from the headers.
I did not attempt to add more default values in and for now will leave
that to maintainers.
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
efi_disk_register should return as status code (efi_status_t).
Disks with zero blocks should be reported as 'not ready' without throwing
an error.
This patch solves a problem running OpenBSD on system configured with
CONFIG_BLK=n (e.g. i.MX6).
Reported-by: Jonathan Gray <jsg@jsg.id.au>
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Tested-by: Jonathan Gray <jsg@jsg.id.au>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
Add stubs for UpdateCapsule, QueryCapsuleCapabilities, and
QueryVariableInfo.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
Change the return type of efi_driver_init() to efi_status_t.
efi_driver_init() calls efi_add_driver() which returns an efi_status_t
value. efi_driver_init() should not subject this value to a conversion to
int losing high bits on 64bit systems.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
Currently we set the function pointer for the CreateEventEx boot service
to NULL. When called this would lead to an immediate failure.
A function stub is provided which handles the case that the boot service
is called without an event group and returns EFI_UNSUPPORTED otherwise.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
Before the patch an undefined constant EFI_SUBSYSTEM was used in the
crt0 code. The current version of binutils does not swallow the error.
https://bugs.debian.org/cgi-bin/bugreport.cgi?bug=888403
The necessary constant IMAGE_SUBSYSTEM_EFI_APPLICATION is already
defined in pe.h. So let's factor out asm-generic/pe.h for the
image subsystem constants and use it in our assembler code.
IMAGE_SUBSYSTEM_SAL_RUNTIME_DRIVER does not exist in the specification
let's use IMAGE_SUBSYSTEM_EFI_ROM instead.
The include pe.h is only used in code maintained by Alex so let him be the
maintainer here too.
Reported-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Tested-by: Vagrant Cascadian <vagrant@debian.org>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
To make this driver easier to be reused, dual-license DDR driver.
Signed-off-by: York Sun <york.sun@nxp.com>
CC: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
CC: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
CC: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
CC: Thomas Schaefer <thomas.schaefer@kontron.com>
CC: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
CC: Robert P. J. Day <rpjday@crashcourse.ca>
CC: Alexander Merkle <alexander.merkle@lauterbach.com>
CC: Joakim Tjernlund <joakim.tjernlund@transmode.se>
CC: Curt Brune <curt@cumulusnetworks.com>
CC: Valentin Longchamp <valentin.longchamp@keymile.com>
CC: Wolfgang Denk <wd@denx.de>
CC: Anatolij Gustschin <agust@denx.de>
CC: Ira W. Snyder <iws@ovro.caltech.edu>
CC: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut@gmail.com>
CC: Kyle Moffett <Kyle.D.Moffett@boeing.com>
CC: Sebastien Carlier <sebastien.carlier@gmail.com>
CC: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
CC: Peter Tyser <ptyser@xes-inc.com>
CC: Paul Gortmaker <paul.gortmaker@windriver.com>
CC: Peter Tyser <ptyser@xes-inc.com>
CC: Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD <plagnioj@jcrosoft.com>
Extend the instantiate_rng() function and the corresponding CAAM job
descriptor to instantiate all RNG state handles. This moves the RNG
instantiation code in line with the CAAM kernel driver.
Previously, only the first state handle was instantiated. The second
one was instantiated by the CAAM kernel driver. This works if the
kernel runs in secure mode, but fails in non-secure mode since the
kernel driver uses DEC0 directly instead of over the job ring
interface. Instantiating all RNG state handles in u-boot removes the
need for using DEC0 in the kernel driver, making it possible to use
the CAAM in non-secure mode.
Signed-off-by: Lukas Auer <lukas.auer@aisec.fraunhofer.de>
Tested-by: Bryan O'Donoghue <bryan.odonoghue@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: York Sun <york.sun@nxp.com>
Enable validation of boot.scr script prior to its execution dependent
on "secureboot" flag in environment. Enable fall back option to
qspi boot in case of secure boot.
Signed-off-by: Sumit Garg <sumit.garg@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Vinitha Pillai <vinitha.pillai@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: York Sun <york.sun@nxp.com>
config_fallbacks.h has some logic that sets HAVE_BLOCK_DEVICE
based on a list of enabled options. Moving HAVE_BLOCK_DEVICE to
Kconfig allows us to drastically shrink the logic in
config_fallbacks.h
Signed-off-by: Adam Ford <aford173@gmail.com>
[trini: Rename HAVE_BLOCK_DEVICE to CONFIG_BLOCK_DEVICE]
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Migrate the base and sub-options to Kconfig. Note that we only enable
this in the base sandbox config now.
Cc: Alexey Brodkin <alexey.brodkin@gmail.com>
Cc: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
---
Is this driver still used anywhere? It's fishy that it's only enabled
in sandbox anymore.
config_fallback.h has some logic that checks a variety of options
and selects LIB_UUID if it hasn't already been selected. This
will all LIB_UUID in Kconfig and select this option for the list
of options to allow us to remove the logic from fallbacks
Signed-off-by: Adam Ford <aford173@gmail.com>
config_fallbacks.h had some logic to automatically select
LIB_RAND if RANDOM_UUID or CMD_UUID were set if LIB_HW_RAND wasn't
already selected. By migrating LIB_HW_RAND to Kconfig, we can
remove this check from config_fallbacks.h and put it into Kconfig
Signed-off-by: Adam Ford <aford173@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Lukasz Majewski <lukma@denx.de>
[trini: Turn into a choice, add NET_RANDOM_ETHADDR]
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This converts the following to Kconfig:
CONFIG_APBH_DMA
CONFIG_APBH_DMA_BURST
CONFIG_APBH_DMA_BURST8
Signed-off-by: Adam Ford <aford173@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Agner <stefan.agner@toradex.com>
[trini: Add in MMC as well]
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Enable CONFIG_ENV_VARS_UBOOT_CONFIG for all STM32 boards
It allows to retrieve the SoC name into the "soc" environment
variable.
Signed-off-by: Christophe Priouzeau <christophe.priouzeau@st.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
Reviewed-by: Vikas Manocha <vikas.manocha@st.com>
The motivation for moving MX28 selection to Kconfig is to be able
to better handle NAND MXS selection through Kconfig.
This selection method also aligns with the way other i.MX SoCs are
selected in U-Boot.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Agner <stefan.agner@toradex.com>
The motivation for moving MX23 selection to Kconfig is to be able
to better handle NAND MXS selection through Kconfig.
This selection method also aligns with the way other i.MX SoCs are
selected in U-Boot.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Agner <stefan.agner@toradex.com>
Since CONFIG_MXC_UART is already in Kconfig, move this from
the header to imx6q_logic_defconfig
Signed-off-by: Adam Ford <aford173@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
This commit removes an attempt to workaround a previous compilation
warning that is is now fixed in "include/configs/ti_omap3_common.h".
Signed-off-by: Derald D. Woods <woods.technical@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This commit fixes the following compiler warnings when DM_SERIAL is
enabled.
---8<-------------------------------------------------------------------
...
CC spl/board/ti/evm/evm.o
In file included from /solution/scm/u-boot-master/board/ti/evm/evm.c:16:0:
/solution/scm/u-boot-master/include/ns16550.h:31:0: warning: "CONFIG_SYS_NS16550_REG_SIZE" redefined
#define CONFIG_SYS_NS16550_REG_SIZE (-1)
In file included from /solution/scm/u-boot-master/include/configs/omap3_evm.h:22:0,
from include/config.h:5,
from /solution/scm/u-boot-master/include/common.h:21,
from /solution/scm/u-boot-master/board/ti/evm/evm.c:14:
/solution/scm/u-boot-master/include/configs/ti_omap3_common.h:33:0: note: this is the location of the previous definition
# define CONFIG_SYS_NS16550_REG_SIZE (-4)
LD spl/board/ti/evm/built-in.o
...
CC spl/drivers/serial/ns16550.o
In file included from /solution/scm/u-boot-master/drivers/serial/ns16550.c:11:0:
/solution/scm/u-boot-master/include/ns16550.h:31:0: warning: "CONFIG_SYS_NS16550_REG_SIZE" redefined
#define CONFIG_SYS_NS16550_REG_SIZE (-1)
In file included from /solution/scm/u-boot-master/include/configs/omap3_evm.h:22:0,
from include/config.h:5,
from /solution/scm/u-boot-master/include/common.h:21,
from /solution/scm/u-boot-master/drivers/serial/ns16550.c:7:
/solution/scm/u-boot-master/include/configs/ti_omap3_common.h:33:0: note: this is the location of the previous definition
# define CONFIG_SYS_NS16550_REG_SIZE (-4)
LD spl/drivers/serial/built-in.o
...
---8<-------------------------------------------------------------------
Signed-off-by: Derald D. Woods <woods.technical@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Follow bootz's pattern by moving the booti_setup to arch/arm/lib.
This allows to use booti_setup in other paths, e.g booting
an Android image containing Image format.
Note that kernel relocation is move out of booti_setup and it is the
caller's responsibility to do it and allows them do it differently. say,
cmd/booti.c just do a manually, while in the bootm path, we can use
bootm_load_os(with some changes).
Signed-off-by: Bin Chen <bin.chen@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
The second area of android image was intended to put a 2nd stage
bootloader but in practice were rarely used (in my knowledge).
An proposal was made to the AOSP to (re)use the second area as the dtb[1],
This patch itself doesn't depend on that proposal being accepted but it won't
be that helpful as well if that proposal won't be accepted. But don't do
any harm as well.
[1] https://android-review.googlesource.com/#/c/417447/
Signed-off-by: Bin Chen <bin.chen@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
FreeBSD, like OpenBSD, uses BIG_ENDIAN, LITTLE_ENDIAN, and BYTE_ORDER,
whereas Linux and compatibles use __-prefixed names. Define the names
the same as the OpenBSD block below it.
These are declared in Kconfig, but some #defines have crept in.
CONFIG_FPGA
CONFIG_FPGA_ALTERA
CONFIG_FPGA_CYCLON2
CONFIG_FPGA_SOCFPGA
CONFIG_FPGA_XILINX
CONFIG_FPGA_ZYNQMPPL
Signed-off-by: Tuomas Tynkkynen <tuomas@tuxera.com>
Selecting CONFIG_USB_FUNCTION_MASS_STORAGE=y in the defconfig leads to
the following error:
cmd/built-in.o: In function `do_usb_mass_storage':
cmd/usb_mass_storage.c:217: undefined reference to `fsg_main_thread'
cmd/usb_mass_storage.c:170: undefined reference to `fsg_init'
CONFIG_USB_FUNCTION_MASS_STORAGE option is built only for
the non-SPL case as per the logic in drivers/usb/gadget/Makefile,
so remove the incorrect CONFIG_SPL ifdefery to fix the build
failure.
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@nxp.com>
Tested-by: Shawn Guo <shawn.guo@linaro.org>
Introduce SDR104 and HS200 support
The implementation takes linux kernel sdhci.c and sdhci-esdhc-imx.c
as reference.
- Implement esdhc_change_pinstate to dynamically change pad settings
- Implement esdhc_set_timing
- Implement esdhc_set_voltage to switch voltage
- Implement fsl_esdhc_execute_tuning to execute time process
- Enlarge the cfg->f_max to 200MHz.
- Parse fsl,tuning-step, fsl,tuning-start-tap and
fsl,strobe-dll-delay-target from device tree.
- Parse no-1-8-v property
- Introduce esdhc_soc_data to indicate the flags and caps
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Cc: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
Cc: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@nxp.com>
Cc: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com>
Reviewed-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com>
The board header file included a reference to the starting point
from nitrogen6x.h, but since so much changed, the file bears
little resemblance to that file.
Signed-off-by: Eric Nelson <eric@nelint.com>
The initial implementation of mx6memcal reset the CPU after
running the memory calibration procedure because the generic
board has no information about which boot devices are available.
Now that we have SDP support in SPL, use it to allow a full
U-Boot to be uploaded (i.e. to use "mtest").
Signed-off-by: Eric Nelson <eric@nelint.com>
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@nxp.com>
Validate the time at startup:
- in case rtc error add to kernel command line RTC_ERROR
- clamp date to 1-Jan-2036
Signed-off-by: Nandor Han <nandor.han@ge.com>
Signed-off-by: Martyn Welch <martyn.welch@collabora.co.uk>
Signed-off-by: Sebastian Reichel <sebastian.reichel@collabora.co.uk>
The exact definition of a successful boot is defined by user-space.
Determine the boot partition automatically. A partition is selected if
file `/boot/bootcause/firstboot' exists (meaning that the partition has
freshly installed software) OR if file `/boot/fitImage' exists.
When userspace determines that new software was successfully installed,
it must (1) delete `/boot/fitImage' on the _inactive_ partition and (2)
remove `/boot/bootcause/firstboot'.
Enable video, but do not display logos or other version information.
Silence kernel console logging by default.
Print a message to VGA screen in case of boot failure and reset bootcount
to allow the user to attempt boot again.
Signed-off-by: Ian Ray <ian.ray@ge.com>
Signed-off-by: Martyn Welch <martyn.welch@collabora.co.uk>
Signed-off-by: Sebastian Reichel <sebastian.reichel@collabora.co.uk>
Change the kernel command line to mount the root filesystem read-only in
order to be able to run filesystem check on it on boot.
Signed-off-by: Hannu Lounento <hannu.lounento@ge.com>
Signed-off-by: Martyn Welch <martyn.welch@collabora.co.uk>
Signed-off-by: Sebastian Reichel <sebastian.reichel@collabora.co.uk>
Enable bootcount using an EXT file.
Signed-off-by: Ian Ray <ian.ray@ge.com>
Signed-off-by: Martyn Welch <martyn.welch@collabora.co.uk>
Signed-off-by: Sebastian Reichel <sebastian.reichel@collabora.co.uk>
Read boot script from shared partition, if available.
Signed-off-by: Ian Ray <ian.ray@ge.com>
Signed-off-by: Martyn Welch <martyn.welch@collabora.co.uk>
Signed-off-by: Sebastian Reichel <sebastian.reichel@collabora.co.uk>
Modify configuration to support FIT. Set variable `confidx' from VPD,
in order to load the correct device tree. Modify/simplify U-Boot
environment to support loading FIT image.
Signed-off-by: Ian Ray <ian.ray@ge.com>
Signed-off-by: Martyn Welch <martyn.welch@collabora.co.uk>
Signed-off-by: Sebastian Reichel <sebastian.reichel@collabora.co.uk>
Enable the hardware watchdog on bx50v3 to cause it to reset in the event
the board hangs.
Configure GPIO_9 pin as WDOG1_B so that a watchdog timeout results in a
full system reset.
The watchdog is used and reconfigured by systemd approximately 1.7 seconds
into boot. Adding a few seconds for U-Boot and a few more seconds as a
safety margin.
Note that the PCIe controller is _not_ put back into a safe state prior
to board reset. This is a problem if board reset is implemented as CPU
reset.
Signed-off-by: Ian Ray <ian.ray@ge.com>
Signed-off-by: Martyn Welch <martyn.welch@collabora.co.uk>
Signed-off-by: Sebastian Reichel <sebastian.reichel@collabora.co.uk>
Instead of programming the hardware directly in the board
implementation, follow the flow documented in doc/README.enetaddr: set
the enet[0-9]*addr environment variable and let the driver program the
hardware.
This avoids duplicating the implementation as it already exists in the
driver (drivers/net/fec_mxc.c: fec_set_hwaddr).
The mapping from the driver's index to the environment variable's name
is documented in README: Note for Redundant Ethernet Interfaces. It is
assumed that eth_devices for the controllers on the board are always
indexed in the same order, i.e. FEC always has the index 2.
The FEC driver does *not* set the flag Set MAC Address on Transmit (bit
set_eth0_mac_address used to do but this is unnecessary as the Linux
networking stack fills in the MAC address.
Signed-off-by: Hannu Lounento <hannu.lounento@ge.com>
Signed-off-by: Ian Ray <ian.ray@ge.com>
Signed-off-by: Martyn Welch <martyn.welch@collabora.co.uk>
Signed-off-by: Sebastian Reichel <sebastian.reichel@collabora.co.uk>
Modify b450v3, b650v3 and b850v3 defconfigs to enable the network devices
found in these products.
Signed-off-by: Ian Ray <ian.ray@ge.com>
Signed-off-by: Martyn Welch <martyn.welch@collabora.co.uk>
Signed-off-by: Sebastian Reichel <sebastian.reichel@collabora.co.uk>
The change in i2c configuration added to support access to the VPD has
inadvertantly caused access to i2c buses 1 & 2 to be lost. This has
resulted in the configuration for the PMIC to be attempted on the wrong
bus and thus isn't taking effect.
Add the required configuration to return access to buses 1 & 2. In order
to ensure that any users of the bus numbering prior to addition in VPD
patches work, add buses before configuration related to mux on bus 0 and
tweak VPD bus usage to fit new numbering scheme.
Signed-off-by: Martyn Welch <martyn.welch@collabora.co.uk>
Signed-off-by: Sebastian Reichel <sebastian.reichel@collabora.co.uk>
Add SiP (Silicon Provider) services function to issue
SMC call to Arm Trusted Firmware.
More SiP information could be found in
https://github.com/ARM-software/arm-trusted-firmware/blob/master/
docs/arm-sip-service.rst
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@nxp.com>
Cc: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
nand device needed for mmc config to access nand
for write and update so enabling SPL_SUPPORT to mmc
or nand is wrt to env device rather nand driver check.
Signed-off-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Use PSCI 1.0 instead of 0.1 to support more power
management feature like system reset, power off etc..
Signed-off-by: Anson Huang <Anson.Huang@nxp.com>
The EFI implementation does not fit into any of the existing categories.
Provide LOGC_EFI so that EFI related message can be filtered.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
When functions return an error it propagates up the stack to the point
where it is reported. Often the error code provides enough information
about the root cause of the error that this is obvious what went wrong.
However in some cases the error may be hard to trace. For example if a
driver uses several devices to perform an operation, it may not be
obvious which one failed.
Add a log_ret() macro to help with this. This can be used to wrap any
error-return value. The logging system will then output a log record when
the original error is generated, making it easy to trace the call stack
of the error.
This macro can significantly impact code size, so its use is controlled
by a Kconfig option, which is enabled for sandbox.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
It is useful to be able to control the output format of log records on the
console. As a starting point, add definitions for controlling which
elements of the log record are displayed. Use function and message as the
default, since these are the most useful fields.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Category and level both use an enum for their ID values. Add functions to
convert these IDs to strings and vice versa. This will allow the log to
output the strings instead of the (inscrutable) values.
At the same time, add a new 'driver-model' category, to cover core
driver-model functions and fix an incorrect value for LOGL_MAX.
Tests will be added with the new 'log' subcommands.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
(Updated to correct clang warnings)
Each uclass has a driver name which we can use to look up the uclass. This
is useful for logging, where the uclass ID is used as the category.
Add a function to handle this, as well as a test.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
There is more common code in mmc, nand and ubi env drivers that
can be shared by moving to env_import_redund.
For this, a status/error value whether the buffers were loaded
are passed as additional parameters to env_import_redund.
Ideally, these are already returned to the env driver by the
storage driver. This is the case for mmc, nand and ubi, so for
this change, code deduplicated.
Signed-off-by: Simon Goldschmidt <sgoldschmidt@de.pepperl-fuchs.com>
Acked-by: Maxime Ripard <maxime.ripard@free-electrons.com>
- Several Kconfig fixes (also moving configs to defconfigs)
- Some DTS updates
- ZynqMP psu rework based on Zynq concept
- Add low level initialization for zc770 and zcu102
- Add support for Zynq zc770 x16 nand configuration
- Add mini nand/emmc ZynqMP targets
- Some arasan nand changes
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v1
iEYEABECAAYFAlpxesoACgkQykllyylKDCFwngCfZfk2S+c9uJCLh1drA7a+J4Ch
G+MAnA/iRu6/Ihd5UMe4tMK8BU51h0GQ
=Ylul
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'xilinx-for-v2018.03' of git://git.denx.de/u-boot-microblaze
Xilinx changes for v2018.03
- Several Kconfig fixes (also moving configs to defconfigs)
- Some DTS updates
- ZynqMP psu rework based on Zynq concept
- Add low level initialization for zc770 and zcu102
- Add support for Zynq zc770 x16 nand configuration
- Add mini nand/emmc ZynqMP targets
- Some arasan nand changes
This converts the following to Kconfig:
CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE
CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED
Signed-off-by: Adam Ford <aford173@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Paul Kocialkowski <contact@paulk.fr>
This converts the following to Kconfig:
CONFIG_SYS_DV_CLKMODE
CONFIG_SYS_DA850_PLL0_POSTDIV
CONFIG_SYS_DA850_PLL0_PLLDIV1
CONFIG_SYS_DA850_PLL0_PLLDIV2
CONFIG_SYS_DA850_PLL0_PLLDIV3
CONFIG_SYS_DA850_PLL0_PLLDIV4
CONFIG_SYS_DA850_PLL0_PLLDIV5
CONFIG_SYS_DA850_PLL0_PLLDIV6
CONFIG_SYS_DA850_PLL0_PLLDIV7
CONFIG_SYS_DA850_PLL1_POSTDIV
CONFIG_SYS_DA850_PLL1_PLLDIV1
CONFIG_SYS_DA850_PLL1_PLLDIV2
CONFIG_SYS_DA850_PLL1_PLLDIV3
Signed-off-by: Adam Ford <aford173@gmail.com>
DDR4 RDIMM has some information in SPD to be used to calculate the
control words for register chip. The rest can be found from JEDEC
spec DDR4RCD02.
Signed-off-by: York Sun <york.sun@nxp.com>
On top of RDIMM support, add new register calculation to support
3DS RDIMMs. Only symmetrical 3DS is supported at this time.
Signed-off-by: York Sun <york.sun@nxp.com>
For DDR4, command/address delay in mode registers and parity latency
in timing config register are only needed for UDIMMs, but not RDIMMs.
Add additional register rcw_3 for DDR4 RDIMM. Fix mirrored bit for
dual rank RDIMMs. Set sdram_cfg_3[DIS_MRS_PAR] for RDIMMs. Fix
calculation of timing config registers. Use hexadecimal format for
printing RCW (register control word) registers.
Signed-off-by: York Sun <york.sun@nxp.com>
For for case of lazyapply method, API fdt_fixup_board_enet() gets
invoked before DPL being deployed. This leads to an issue that
fsl-mc fdt fixup status marked as fail and dprc driver didn't get
registered in linux boot.
Fixes this issue by calling fdt_fixup_board_enet() for case when
DPL is deployed successfully in lazyapply method.
Signed-off-by: Yogesh Gaur <yogeshnarayan.gaur@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: York Sun <york.sun@nxp.com>
This patch moved ethernet PHY configs of ZynqMP boards
to respective defconfig.
Signed-off-by: Vipul Kumar <vipulk@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
This patch moved ethernet PHY configs of Microblaze board to
respective defconfig.
Signed-off-by: Vipul Kumar <vipulk@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
This patch moved ethernet PHY configs of Zynq boards
to respective defconfig.
Signed-off-by: Vipul Kumar <vipulk@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Remove SPL_BUILD dependency from zynqmp.c and move it to header file.
Use only one symbol for including psu_init.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
The Arasan NFC driver requires the self-init mode,
so it should select it.
Instead of having the config header define the macro,
it's cleaner to select the option at the Kconfig level.
Signed-off-by: Ezequiel Garcia <ezequiel@vanguardiasur.com.ar>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
This patch adds new target which is called as mini configuration
with only emmc functionality and other required basic features enabled.
This will be used to run in system with small footprint and needs
emmc support.
Signed-off-by: Siva Durga Prasad Paladugu <sivadur@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
This patch adds new target which is called as mini configuration
with only nand functionality and other required basic features enabled.
This will be used to run in system with small footprint and needs
nand support.
Signed-off-by: Siva Durga Prasad Paladugu <sivadur@xilinx.com>
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
AES encryption in CBC mode, in most cases, must be used with random
initialization vector. Using the same key and initialization vector several
times is weak and must be avoided.
Added iv parameter to the aes_cbc_encrypt_blocks and aes_cbc_decrypt_blocks
functions for passing initialization vector.
Command 'aes' now also require the initialization vector parameter.
Signed-off-by: Andrey Mozzhuhin <amozzhuhin@yandex.ru>
Since 'commit af2f44267 ("fdc spl: use different BOARD_INIT MACRO for spl and tpl")'
board stm32f746-disco can't boot.
The macro CONFIG_IS_ENABLED() can't evaluate the value of
CONFIG_SPL_BOARD_INIT as it was defined in include/configs/stm32f746-disco.h
without attributed value.
Moving CONFIG_SPL_BOARD_INIT from stm32f746-disco.h to mach-stm32/Kconfig
fixes this issue.
Fixes: af2f44267 ("fdc spl: use different BOARD_INIT MACRO for spl and tpl")
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
checkpatch.pl complains about the spelling of ERR_TIMOUT. Since the
error is only used in a handful of files, we rename the error to
ERR_TIMEOUT.
Signed-off-by: Mario Six <mario.six@gdsys.cc>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
This is the second part of patches for 2018.03-rc1, fixing
a few minor issues and adding a readme file for iSCSI booting.
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v2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=sVD7
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'signed-efi-next' of git://github.com/agraf/u-boot
Patch queue for efi - 2018-01-28
This is the second part of patches for 2018.03-rc1, fixing
a few minor issues and adding a readme file for iSCSI booting.
We have 2 users of the EFI headers: efi_loader and the EFI stub. Efi_loader
always expects that the bitness of the definitions it uses is identical to
the execution.
The EFI stub however allows to run x86_64 U-Boot on 32bit EFI and the other
way around, so it allows for different bitness of EFI definitions and U-Boot
environment.
This patch explicitly requests via Kconfig that efi_loader can only be enabled
if the bitness is identical. Because we can run efi_loader on x86_64 without
EFI stub enabled, it also ensures that this case propagates the correct ABI
constraints.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
Setting config options using headers is deprecated. This patch converts
the BCM2835 Mini-UART to Kconfig.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
We want to use Kconfig logic to depend on whether pl01x devices
are built in, so let's convert their inclusion selection to Kconfig.
This round goes to pl01x.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
We want to use Kconfig logic to depend on whether pl01x devices
are built in, so let's convert their inclusion selection to Kconfig.
This round goes to pl011.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
We want to use Kconfig logic to depend on whether pl01x devices
are built in, so let's convert their inclusion selection to Kconfig.
This round goes to pl010.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
Firmware on the Raspberry Pi family of devices can dynamically configure either
the PL011, Mini-UART or no device at all to be routed to the user accessible
UART pins.
That means we need to always include both drivers, because we can never be sure
which of the two serial devices firmware actually chooses to use.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
We are switching to a model where a serial device doesn't even get probed when
it's not muxed properly, so we don't need device specific disabling
functionality anymore.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
libfdt_env.h is supposed to provide system-dependent defines.
scripts/dtc/libfdt/libfdt_env.h from upstream DTC is suitable
for user-space, so we should use this for USE_HOSTCC case.
For compiling U-Boot, we need to override such system-dependent
defines, so use <linux/libfdt_env.h> imported from Linux.
<libfdt.h> selects a proper one. Maybe, we should split header
inclusion completely, but I do not want too many patches at one.
I can rip off the include/libfdt_env.h from HOST_EXTRACFLAGS.
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
There is tons of code duplication between lib/libfdt/libfdt.h and
scripts/dtc/libfdt/libfdt.h. Evacuate the U-Boot own code to
include/libfdt.h and remove lib/libfdt/libfdt.h.
For host tools, <libfdt.h> should include scripts/dtc/libfdt/libfdt.h,
which is already suitable for user-space.
For compiling U-Boot, <linux/libfdt.h> should be included because we
need a different libfdt_env.h .
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
libfdt_env.h exists to contain system-dependent defines:
- typedef of fdt*_t
- fdt*_to_cpu(), cpu_to_fdt*
working_fdt and FDT_RAMDISK_OVERHEAD are unrelated to the environment,
so they must get out of this header.
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
I do not remember why, but this is apparently a file-copy mistake.
The file name is libfdt.h, but its content is that of libfdt_env.h
Re-import it from upstream Linux.
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This commit allows overriding the default assumption that the boot UBI
MTD partition is named 'UBI' and the UBI volume is 'boot'. A board
desiring to use a legacy or alternative NAND layout can now define the
following two extra environment variables:
bootubipart=<some_ubi_partition_name>
bootubivol=<some_ubi_volume_name>
EXAMPLE:
[include/configs/some_board.h]
---8<-------------------------------------------------------------------
[...]
#include <config_distro_defaults.h>
#define MEM_LAYOUT_ENV_SETTINGS \
DEFAULT_LINUX_BOOT_ENV
#define BOOT_TARGET_DEVICES(func) \
func(UBIFS, ubifs, 0)
#include <config_distro_bootcmd.h>
[...]
#define CONFIG_EXTRA_ENV_SETTINGS \
MEM_LAYOUT_ENV_SETTINGS \
"bootubivol=rootfs\0" \
"bootubipart=rootfs\0" \
BOOTENV
[...]
---8<-------------------------------------------------------------------
Signed-off-by: Derald D. Woods <woods.technical@gmail.com>
The RK3288 CRU-node assigns rates to a number of clocks that are not
implemented in the RK3288 clock-driver (but which have been
sufficiently initialised from rkclk_init()): for these clocks, we
implement the gmac clock set parent, but simply ignore the
others' set_rate() operation and return 0 to signal success.
Signed-off-by: David Wu <david.wu@rock-chips.com>
Acked-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
The rk3328 soc has two gmac controllers, one is gmac2io,
the other is gmac2phy. We use the gmac2io rgmii interface
for 1000M phy here.
Signed-off-by: David Wu <david.wu@rock-chips.com>
Acked-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Linux uses the properties 'assigned-clocks', 'assigned-clock-parents'
and 'assigned-clock-rates' to configure the clock subsystem for use
with various peripheral nodes.
This implements clk_set_defaults() and hooks it up with the general
device probibin in drivers/core/device.c: when a new device is probed,
clk_set_defaults() will be called for it and will process the
properties mentioned above.
Note that this functionality is designed to fail gracefully (i.e. if a
clock-driver does not implement set_parent(), we simply accept this
and ignore the error) as not to break existing board-support.
Signed-off-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Tested-by: David Wu <david.wu@rock-chips.com>
Series-changes: 2
- Fixed David's email address.
Series-version: 2
Cover-letter:
clk: support assigned-clock, assigned-clock-parents, assigned-clock-rates
For various peripherals on Rockchip SoCs (e.g. for the Ethernet GMAC),
the parent-clock needs to be set via the DTS. This adds the required
plumbing and implements the GMAC case for the RK3399.
END
Clocks may support multiple parents: this change introduces an
optional operation on the clk-uclass to set a clock's parent.
Signed-off-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Tested-by: David Wu <david.wu@rock-chips.com>
Series-changes: 2
- Fixed David's email address.
Since 7e0ed13 ("Convert ARCH_OMAP2PLUS boards' CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE to
Kconfig"), a default SYS_TEXT_BASE was set for all ARCH_OMAP2PLUS devices.
CONFIG_ISW_ENTRY_ADDR is used to set SYS_TEXT_BASE in qspi boot.
Simplify this by directly assigning SYS_TEXT_BASE in the defconfig.
Signed-off-by: Faiz Abbas <faiz_abbas@ti.com>
Several inline functions in this file reference undefined functions in
U-Boot. For example:
atomic-long.h:73:9: warning: implicit declaration of function
'atomic64_sub_and_test'
atomic-long.h:80:9: warning: implicit declaration of function
'atomic64_dec_and_test'
atomic-long.h:87:9: warning: implicit declaration of function
'atomic64_inc_and_test'
Handle this the same as the 32 bit build by wrapping these functions in
a __UBOOT__ check.
Signed-off-by: Bradley Bolen <bradleybolen@gmail.com>
As clk_stm32f driver is able to retrieve HSE frequency from DT,
CONFIG_STM32_HSE_HZ becomes useless.
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
There are some typos in the documentation of some functions in read.h;
fix those.
Signed-off-by: Mario Six <mario.six@gdsys.cc>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Convert the R8A7791 Porter board to DM and DT. This implies mostly
enabling the necessary configuration options and plucking out the
ad-hoc configuration from the board file. Moreover, the pre-reloc
malloc size was increased to allow the clock driver to start up
early without running out of malloc space and the early stack was
moved further up in the DRAM to avoid rewriting U-Boot itself.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Cc: Nobuhiro Iwamatsu <iwamatsu@nigauri.org>
Import the Renesas R8A7794 DTS and headers from upstream Linux kernel v4.15-rc8,
commit bebc6082da0a9f5d47a1ea2edc099bf671058bd4 .
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Cc: Nobuhiro Iwamatsu <iwamatsu@nigauri.org>
Import the Renesas R8A7793 DTS and headers from upstream Linux kernel v4.15-rc8,
commit bebc6082da0a9f5d47a1ea2edc099bf671058bd4 .
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Cc: Nobuhiro Iwamatsu <iwamatsu@nigauri.org>
Import the Renesas R8A7792 DTS and headers from upstream Linux kernel v4.15-rc8,
commit bebc6082da0a9f5d47a1ea2edc099bf671058bd4 .
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Cc: Nobuhiro Iwamatsu <iwamatsu@nigauri.org>
Import the Renesas R8A7791 DTS and headers from upstream Linux kernel v4.15-rc8,
commit bebc6082da0a9f5d47a1ea2edc099bf671058bd4 .
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Cc: Nobuhiro Iwamatsu <iwamatsu@nigauri.org>
Import the Renesas R8A7790 DTS and headers from upstream Linux kernel v4.15-rc8,
commit bebc6082da0a9f5d47a1ea2edc099bf671058bd4 .
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Cc: Nobuhiro Iwamatsu <iwamatsu@nigauri.org>
Since we want to have multiple environments, we will need to initialise
all the environments since we don't know at init time what drivers might
fail when calling load.
Let's init all of them, and only consider for further operations the ones
that have not reported any errors at init time.
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Maxime Ripard <maxime.ripard@free-electrons.com>
In preparation for the multiple environment support, let's introduce two
new parameters to the environment driver lookup function: the priority and
operation.
The operation parameter is meant to identify, obviously, the operation you
might want to perform on the environment.
The priority is a number passed to identify the environment priority you
want to retrieve. The lowest priority parameter (0) will be the primary
source.
Combining the two parameters allow you to support multiple environments
through different priorities, and to change those priorities between read
and writes operations.
This is especially useful to implement migration mechanisms where you want
to always use the same environment first, be it to read or write, while the
common case is more likely to use the same environment it has read from to
write it to.
Signed-off-by: Maxime Ripard <maxime.ripard@free-electrons.com>
The nvedit command is the only user of env_driver_lookup_default outside of
the environment code itself, and it uses it only to print the environment
it's about to save to during env save.
As we're about to rework the environment to be able to handle multiple
environment sources, we might not have an idea of what environment backend
is going to be used before trying (and possibly failing for some).
Therefore, it makes sense to remove that message and move it to the
env_save function itself. As a side effect, we also can get rid of the call
to env_driver_lookup_default that is also about to get refactored.
Reviewed-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Reviewed-by: Lukasz Majewski <lukma@denx.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Maxime Ripard <maxime.ripard@free-electrons.com>
The MMC environment offset is getting very close to the end of the U-Boot
binary now. Since we want to make sure this will not overflow, add a size
limit in the board for arm64. arm32 has already that limit enforced in our
custom image generation.
Signed-off-by: Maxime Ripard <maxime.ripard@free-electrons.com>
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@openedev.com>
Currently, socfpga_common.h does not allow configurations without
network support. This is because CONFIG_CMD_PXE is defined in this
file and distro mode has DHCP hard-coded as available.
Fix this by moving CONFIG_CMD_PXE and CONFIG_MENU to the defconfigs
and by making DHCP optional in BOOT_TARGET_DEVICES(func).
Signed-off-by: Simon Goldschmidt <sgoldschmidt@de.pepperl-fuchs.com>
Convert these configuration options to Kconfig, update board defconfigs
and drop them from whitelist.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Cc: Nobuhiro Iwamatsu <iwamatsu@nigauri.org>
exynos5422 has the s2mps11 PMIC.
s2mps11 pmic has the 10-BUCK and 38-LDO regulators.
Each IP and devices in exynos5422 can be controlled by each regulators.
This patch is support for s2mps11 regulator driver.
Signed-off-by: Jaehoon Chung <jh80.chung@samsung.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Tested-by: Anand Moon <linux.amoon@gmail.com>
This reverts commit 57897c13de.
Using bounce_buf.c to handle non-DMA alignment problems is bad as
bounce_buf.c does cache manipulations which is not required. Therefore
revert this patch in favour of local bounce buffer solution in the next
patch.
Signed-off-by: Vignesh R <vigneshr@ti.com>
Acked-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
Acked-by: Simon Goldschmidt <sgoldschmidt@de.pepperl-fuchs.com>
Reviewed-by: Jason Rush <jarush@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jason Rush <jarush@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@openedev.com>
Cleanup unused #define values that are read from the DT.
Tested on TI K2G platform:
Tested-by: Vignesh R <vigneshr@ti.com>
Tested on a socfpga-cyclonev board:
Tested-by: Simon Goldschmidt <sgoldschmidt@de.pepperl-fuchs.com>
Signed-off-by: Jason Rush <jarush@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@openedev.com>
Acked-by: Simon Goldschmidt <sgoldschmidt@de.pepperl-fuchs.com>
Acked-by: Marek Vasut <marex@denx.de>
A previous patch removed the spi_flash_probe_fdt function, which
contained the last call of the spi_setup_slave_fdt function, which is
now equally obsolete.
This patch removes the function.
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@openedev.com>
Signed-off-by: Mario Six <mario.six@gdsys.cc>
Commit ba45756 ("dm: x86: spi: Convert ICH SPI driver to driver model")
removed the last usage of the spi_flash_probe_fdt function, rendering it
obsolete.
This patch removes the function.
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@openedev.com>
Signed-off-by: Mario Six <mario.six@gdsys.cc>
0efc024 ("spi_flash: Add spi_flash_probe_fdt() to locate SPI by FDT
node") added a helper function spi_base_setup_slave_fdt to to set up a
SPI slave from a given FDT blob. The only user was the exynos SPI
driver.
But commit 73186c9 ("dm: exynos: Convert SPI to driver model") removed
the use of this function, hence rendering it obsolete.
Remove this function, as well as the CONFIG_OF_SPI option, which guarded
only this function.
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@openedev.com>
Signed-off-by: Mario Six <mario.six@gdsys.cc>
Command bytes are part of the written bytes and they should be taken into
account when sending a spi transfer.
Signed-off-by: Álvaro Fernández Rojas <noltari@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Schwierzeck <daniel.schwierzeck@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@openedev.com>
For some SPI controllers it's not possible to keep the CS active between
transfers and they are limited to a known number of bytes.
This splits spi_flash reads into different iterations in order to respect
the SPI controller limits.
Signed-off-by: Álvaro Fernández Rojas <noltari@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Schwierzeck <daniel.schwierzeck@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@openedev.com>
wait_for_bit callers use the 32 bit LE version
Signed-off-by: Álvaro Fernández Rojas <noltari@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Schwierzeck <daniel.schwierzeck@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@openedev.com>
Add 8/16/32 bits and BE/LE versions of wait_for_bit.
This is needed for reading registers that are not aligned to 32 bits, and for
Big Endian platforms.
Signed-off-by: Álvaro Fernández Rojas <noltari@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Daniel Schwierzeck <daniel.schwierzeck@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@openedev.com>
Add macro QIXIS_LBMAP_EMMC, QIXIS_LBMAP_IFC, QIXIS_RCW_SRC_IFC,
QIXIS_RCW_SRC_EMMC to enable IFC and eMMC as boot sources for
qixis commands.
Signed-off-by: Ashish Kumar <Ashish.Kumar@nxp.com>
[YS: Modify subject and add commit message]
Reviewed-by: York Sun <york.sun@nxp.com>
This patch adds the support for VID on LS1088AQDS and LS1088ARDB systems.
It reads the fusesr register and changes the VDD accordingly by adjusting
the voltage via LTC3882 regulator.
This patch also takes care of the special case of 0.9V VDD is present in
fusesr register. In that case,it also changes the SERDES voltage by
disabling the SERDES, changing the SVDD and then re-enabling SERDES.
Signed-off-by: Raghav Dogra <raghav.dogra@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Ashish Kumar <Ashish.Kumar@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Amrita Kumari <amrita.kumari@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Rajesh Bhagat <rajesh.bhagat@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: York Sun <york.sun@nxp.com>
Adds a VID specific API in init_sequence_f and spl code flow
namely init_func_vid which is required to adjust core voltage.
VID specific code is required in spl, hence moving flag CONFIG_VID
out of spl flags.
Signed-off-by: Ashish Kumar <Ashish.Kumar@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Rajesh Bhagat <rajesh.bhagat@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: York Sun <york.sun@nxp.com>
Restructures common driver to support LTC3882 voltage regulator
chip.
Signed-off-by: Ashish Kumar <Ashish.Kumar@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Rajesh Bhagat <rajesh.bhagat@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: York Sun <york.sun@nxp.com>
This time around we have a lot of EFI patches from Heinrich.
Highlights are:
- Allow EFI applications to register as drivers
- Allow exposure of U-Boot block devices from an EFI payload
- Compatibility improvements
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v2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=XZ4q
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'signed-efi-next' of git://github.com/agraf/u-boot
Patch queue for efi - 2018-01-23
This time around we have a lot of EFI patches from Heinrich.
Highlights are:
- Allow EFI applications to register as drivers
- Allow exposure of U-Boot block devices from an EFI payload
- Compatibility improvements
This converts the following to Kconfig:
CONFIG_SOC_DA8XX
CONFIG_SOC_DA850
CONFIG_DA850_LOWLEVEL
CONFIG_MACH_DAVINCI_DA850_EVM
CONFIG_SYS_DA850_PLL_INIT
CONFIG_SYS_DA850_DDR_INIT
Signed-off-by: Adam Ford <aford173@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: David Lechner <david@lechnology.com>
[trini: Rework CONFIG_SYS_DA850_PLL_INIT so it's selected on SOC_DA8XX]
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This patch provides
* a uclass for EFI drivers
* a EFI driver for block devices
For each EFI driver the uclass
* creates a handle
* adds the driver binding protocol
The uclass provides the bind, start, and stop entry points for the driver
binding protocol.
In bind() and stop() it checks if the controller implements the protocol
supported by the EFI driver. In the start() function it calls the bind()
function of the EFI driver. In the stop() function it destroys the child
controllers.
The EFI block driver binds to controllers implementing the block io
protocol.
When the bind function of the EFI block driver is called it creates a
new U-Boot block device. It installs child handles for all partitions and
installs the simple file protocol on these.
The read and write functions of the EFI block driver delegate calls to the
controller that it is bound to.
A usage example is as following:
U-Boot loads the iPXE snp.efi executable. iPXE connects an iSCSI drive and
exposes a handle with the block IO protocol. It calls ConnectController.
Now the EFI block driver installs the partitions with the simple file
protocol.
iPXE uses the simple file protocol to load Grub or the Linux Kernel.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
[agraf: add comment on calloc len]
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
This patch lets the implementation of ExitBootServices conform to
the UEFI standard.
The timer events must be disabled before calling the notification
functions of the exit boot services events.
The boot services must be disabled in the system table.
The handles in the system table should be defined as efi_handle_t.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
In ExitBootServices we need to signal events irrespective of the current
TPL level. A new parameter check_tpl is added to efi_signal_event().
Function efi_console_timer_notify() gets some comments.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
On a block device and its partitions the same protocols can be
installed. To tell the apart we can use the type of the last
node of the device path which is not the end node.
The patch provides a utility function to find this last node.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
Add the revision constants.
Depending on the revision additional fields are needed in the
media descriptor.
Use efi_uintn_t for number of bytes to read or write.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
Up to now we have been using efi_disk_create_partitions() to create
partitions for block devices that existed before starting an EFI
application.
We need to call it for block devices created by EFI
applications at run time. The EFI application will define the
handle for the block device and install a device path protocol
on it. We have to use this device path as stem for the partition
device paths.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
Provide new function efi_dp_part_node() to create a device
node for a partition.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
The GUID of the EFI_BLOCK_IO_PROTOCOL is needed in different code
parts. To avoid duplication make efi_block_io_guid a global symbol.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
For the construction of device paths we need to call the
AllocatePool service. We should not ignore if it fails due to an
out of memory situation.
This patch changes the device path functions to return NULL if
the memory allocation fails.
Additional patches will be needed to fix the callers.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
We should consistently use the efi_handle_t typedef when
referring to handles.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
Handles should be passed as efi_handle_t and not as void *.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
Implement the ConnectController boot service.
A unit test is supplied in a subsequent patch.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
When a device path protocol is installed write the device
path to the console in debug mode.
For printing the new macro EFI_PRINT is used, which can be reused
for future diagnostic output.
Remove unused EFI_PRINT_GUID macro
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
Add a list of open protocol infos to each protocol of a handle.
Provide helper functions to access the list items.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
Add color coding to output:
test section blue
success green
errors red
todo yellow
summary white
others light gray
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
[agraf: Fold in move of set_attribute before the print]
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
Correctly create the device path for IDE and SCSI disks.
Support for SATA remains to be done in a future patch.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
fat.h unconditionally defines CONFIG_SUPPORT_VFAT (and has done since
2003), so as a result VFAT support is always enabled regardless of
whether a board config defines it or not. Drop this unnecessary option.
Signed-off-by: Tuomas Tynkkynen <tuomas@tuxera.com>
Make it select FS_FAT as well, because if it's not selected, enabling
ENV_IS_IN_FAT causes a Kconfig warning:
warning: (ENV_IS_IN_FAT) selects FAT_WRITE which has unmet direct dependencies (FS_FAT)
This also allows dropping some code from config_fallbacks.
Also drop the unnecessary help text about having to enable
CONFIG_FAT_WRITE - Kconfig automatically handles that.
Signed-off-by: Tuomas Tynkkynen <tuomas@tuxera.com>
Migrate the following symbols to Kconfig:
CONFIG_FS_EXT4
CONFIG_EXT4_WRITE
The definitions in config_fallbacks.h can now be expressed in Kconfig.
Signed-off-by: Tuomas Tynkkynen <tuomas@tuxera.com>
This converts the following to Kconfig:
CONFIG_USB_MUSB_HCD
CONFIG_USB_MUSB_UDC
CONFIG_USB_DAVINCI
CONFIG_USB_OMAP3
CONFIG_USB_DA8XX
CONFIG_USB_AM35X
Signed-off-by: Adam Ford <aford173@gmail.com>
This converts the following to Kconfig:
CONFIG_USB_MUSB_OMAP2PLUS
CONFIG_USB_MUSB_AM35X
CONFIG_USB_MUSB_DSPS
CONFIG_USB_MUSB_PIO_ONLY
Signed-off-by: Adam Ford <aford173@gmail.com>
dev_read_u32_default() always returns something even when the property
is missing. So, it is impossible to do nothing in the case. One
solution is to use ofnode_read_u32() instead, but adding dev_read_u32()
will be helpful.
BTW, Linux has an equvalent function, device_property_read_u32();
it is clearer that it reads a property. I cannot understand the
behavior of dev_read_u32() from its name.
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
Sync with Linux commit 30a7acd573899fd8b("Linux 4.15-rc6")
to use enum pin_config_param.
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Now the u-boot spi image is greater than 0x90000, increase the same in
env during spi erase.
Signed-off-by: Faiz Abbas <faiz_abbas@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
The following config symbols are only defined once and never referenced
anywhere else:
CONFIG_CYRUS
CONFIG_IDS8313
CONFIG_MPC8308_P1M
CONFIG_MPC8308RDB
CONFIG_MPC8349EMDS
CONFIG_MPC8349ITXGP
CONFIG_SBC8349
CONFIG_SBC8548
CONFIG_SBC8641D
CONFIG_TQM834X
CONFIG_VE8313
CONFIG_XPEDITE5140
CONFIG_XPEDITE5200
CONFIG_XPEDITE550X
Most of them are config symbols named after the respective boards which
seems to have been a standard practice at some point.
Signed-off-by: Tuomas Tynkkynen <tuomas@tuxera.com>
Acked-by: Mario Six <mario.six@gdsys.cc>
The following config symbols are only defined once and never referenced
anywhere else:
CONFIG_AMCORE
CONFIG_ASTRO5373L
CONFIG_M52277EVB
CONFIG_M5253DEMO
CONFIG_M5253EVBE
CONFIG_M5275EVB
CONFIG_M54418TWR
CONFIG_STMARK2
Most of them are config symbols named after the respective boards which
seems to have been a standard practice at some point.
Signed-off-by: Tuomas Tynkkynen <tuomas@tuxera.com>
Last users of the following macros (for n = 0..7) were removed in
commit 5b8e76c35e ("powerpc, 8xx: remove support for 8xx"):
CONFIG_SYS_PCMCIA_PBRn
CONFIG_SYS_PCMCIA_PORn
Signed-off-by: Tuomas Tynkkynen <tuomas@tuxera.com>
This commit adds UBIFS_NAND to BOOT_TARGET_DEVICES. This will
allow the kernel zImage to be loaded from '/boot/zImage' in UBIFS
(ubi0:rootfs).
Additionally update the *_MMC devices to also load kernel image from
the MMC 0:2 EXT4 file system.
DISTRO_DEFAULTS Setup
=====================
[primary] Check MMC 0:1 for /extlinux/extlinux.conf and boot
[fallback 1] Check MMC 0:2 /boot/zImage and run mmcbootz
[fallback 2] Check MMC 0:2 /boot/uImage and run mmcboot
[fallback 3] Check NAND UBIFS /boot/zImage and run nandbootubifs
[fallback 4] Check NAND partitions and run nandboot
The following "extlinux.conf" can be used to load images in the
top-level of the MMC 0:1 FAT partition.
[MMC(0:1)/extlinux/extlinux.conf]
---8<-------------------------------------------------------------------
default omap3-evm
label omap3-evm
kernel /zImage
fdt /omap3-evm.dtb
append console=ttyO0,115200n8 root=/dev/mmcblk0p2 rw rootfstype=ext4 rootwait
---8<-------------------------------------------------------------------
Signed-off-by: Derald D. Woods <woods.technical@gmail.com>
I'm working on a v2 patch to add support for a board named pdu001. Its
Linux DTS file uses the include file added by this patch. To keep Linux
and U-Boot DTS files in sync U-Boot requires a copy of this file,
although there is no driver for NXP's PCA9532 i2c LED driver chip (yet).
Signed-off-by: Felix Brack <fb@ltec.ch>
Added support for K2G EVM with FlipChip SoC of which
ARM/DDR3 runs at 1GHz/1066 MT/s. The patch is also
backward compatible with old revision EVM and EVM
with WireBond SoC. Their ARM/DDR3 run at 600MHz/800 MT/s.
The new SoC supports 2 different speeds at 1GHz and 600MHz.
Modyfied the CPU Name to show which SoC is used in the EVM.
Modified the DDR3 configuration to reflect New SoC supports
2 different CPU and DDR3 speeds, 1GHz/1066MT and 600MHz/800MT.
Added new inline function board_it_k2g_g1() for the new FlipChip 1GHz,
and set the u-boot env variable board_name accordingly.
Modified findfdt script in u-boot environment variable to include new k2g board type.
Signed-off-by: Rex Chang <rchang@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
Even though in production uImage usually is quite small as
it contains just Linux kernel image during development it might
be pretty convenient to have root-FS built into the same image.
That makes uImage much larger but given on our dev platforms we have
quite a lot of DDR (> 512 MiB) we may afford loading huge uImages.
Signed-off-by: Alexey Brodkin <abrodkin@synopsys.com>
Update default AXI, TUN, ARC clock set options:
instead of changing only IDIV divider settings adjust also domain PLL
settings.
Add support of TUN_ROM and TUN_PWM clocks (subclocks of TUNN_PLL)
Signed-off-by: Eugeniy Paltsev <Eugeniy.Paltsev@synopsys.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexey Brodkin <abrodkin@synopsys.com>
Sata is equipped on ls1012a and can be a boot source. Add sata boot
support as an option if available.
Signed-off-by: Tang Yuantian <andy.tang@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: York Sun <york.sun@nxp.com>
Sata is equipped on ls1046a and can be a boot source. Add sata boot
support as an option if available.
Signed-off-by: Tang Yuantian <andy.tang@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: York Sun <york.sun@nxp.com>
The DT spec demands a unit-address in a node name to match the "reg"
property in that node. Newer dtc versions will throw warnings if this is
not the case.
Fix all occurences in the tree where node names were mentioned in
comments, to not give bad examples to the reader.
Signed-off-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Similar to CONFIG_OF_BOARD, but in this case the fdt is still built by
u-boot build. This allows the board to patch the fdt, etc.
In the specific case of dragonboard 410c, we pass the u-boot generated
fdt to the previous stage of bootloader (by embedding it in the
u-boot.img that is loaded by lk/aboot), which patches the fdt and passes
it back to u-boot.
Signed-off-by: Rob Clark <robdclark@gmail.com>
[trini: Update board_fdt_blob_setup #if check]
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This commit adds support for 96Boards Dragonboard820C.
The board is based on APQ8086 Qualcomm Soc, complying with the
96Boards specification.
Features
- 4x Kyro CPU (64 bit) up to 2.15GHz
- USB2.0
- USB3.0
- ISP
- Qualcomm Hexagon DSP
- SD 3.0 (UHS-I)
- UFS 2.0
- Qualcomm Adreno 530 GPU
- GPS
- BT 4.2
- Wi-Fi 2.4GHz, 5GHz (802.11ac)
- PCIe 2.0
- MIPI-CSI, MIPI-DSI
- I2S
U-Boot boots chained from LK (LK implements the fastboot protocol) in
64-bit mode.
For detailed build instructions see readme.txt in the board directory.
Signed-off-by: Jorge Ramirez-Ortiz <jorge.ramirez-ortiz@linaro.org>
LS1012A-2G5RDB belongs to LS1012A family with features 2 2.5G SGMII
PFE MAC, SATA, USB 2.0/3.0, WiFi DDR, eMMC, QuadSPI, UART.
Signed-off-by: Bhaskar Upadhaya <Bhaskar.Upadhaya@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: York Sun <york.sun@nxp.com>
This adds SH_ETHER to drivers/net/Kconfig and convert to Kconfig.
Signed-off-by: Nobuhiro Iwamatsu <iwamatsu@nigauri.org>
Acked-by: Joe Hershberger <joe.hershberger@ni.com>
Add a minimalistic Broadcom BCM53xx (roboswitch) switch driver similar
to the Marvell MV88E617x. This takes care of configuring the minimum
amount out of the switch hardware such that each user visible port
(configurable) and the CPU port can forward packets between each other
while preserving isolation with other ports.
This is useful for e.g: the Lamobo R1 board featuring a Broadcom
BCM53125 switch.
Reviewed-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
Signed-off-by: Florian Fainelli <f.fainelli@gmail.com>
Request that all environment variables containing hard-coded address be
calculated at boot time instead.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Warren <twarren@nvidia.com>
On this platform, there may be up to 1024 unusable chunks of memory.
Increase CONFIG_NR_DRAM_BANKS so that U-Boot can remember all the banks
required to represent such fragmented memory.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@nvidia.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Tom Warren <twarren@nvidia.com>
Enable CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_BSS_OFFSET for all 64-bit Tegra boards. Place
the stack/... 512KiB from the end of the U-Boot binary. This should be
plenty to accommodate the current DTBs (max 64 KiB), early malloc region
(6KiB), stack usage, and plenty of slack, while still not placing it too
far away from the U-Boot binary.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Warren <twarren@nvidia.com>
No 64-bit Tegra uses SPL. Remove various unused definitions from config
headers.
Signed-off-by: Stephen Warren <swarren@nvidia.com>
Signed-off-by: Tom Warren <twarren@nvidia.com>
Some distributions like Fedora expect U-Boot to select a proper
devicetree. Since there are several variants of the cm-fx6 module
featuring different SoC variants and the module can be paired with
several baseboards, it is not viable to hardcode a filename.
Instead, follow the lead of other i.MX6 based devices and try to
determine the devicetree to use with the help of the board name
and the SoC variant exported by the board code, before calling the
distro bootcommand.
For now, only for the Utilite Pro a proper devicetree filename is
known but further variants of the Utilite Computer or other devices
based on the cm-fx6 module may be added in the future.
Signed-off-by: Christopher Spinrath <christopher.spinrath@rwth-aachen.de>
Like many other i.MX6 based boards, there are multiple variants of
the cm-fx6 module featuring different SoC variants. Furthermore, the
module can be paired with multiple baseboards.
At the same time modern distribution like Fedora require U-Boot to
select a proper devicetree which depends on the SoC variant and the
baseboard.
Thus, export the SoC variant and the actual board to the environment
following the conventions of other i.MX6 devices (e.g. the NXP boards)
such that the environment can select a devicetree file to load.
For now, we only know for sure that the cm-fx6 module and the SB-fx6m
baseboard amount to a Utilite Computer variant (depending on the SoC).
Further combinations may be added in the future; e.g. CompuLab's
evaluation board once someone can verify the identification string
stored in its eeprom.
Signed-off-by: Christopher Spinrath <christopher.spinrath@rwth-aachen.de>
Reviewed-by: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
To support QSPI DM driver
- Add spi0 alias for qspi node. Which is used for bus number 0.
- Modify the n25q256a@0 compatible property to "spi-flash".
- Modify spi4 (gpio_spi) node to spi5
- Define DM SPI/QSPI related config to enable QSPI
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
The u-boot-dtb.imx size is about 519KB, so 8 * 64KB conflicts
with u-boot-dtb.imx. Enlarge the offset to 14 * 64KB to fix it.
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Cc: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
Cc: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@nxp.com>
Enable I2C/MMC/GPIO/REGUALTOR/PMIC/USB DM drivers.
There are some dependency, such as when DM MMC enabled, USB compile error.
Also the i.MX I2C MMC DM driver does not support legacy GPIO interface.
So enable them all together.
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Cc: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
Cc: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@nxp.com>
Support common commands bdinfo and image format,
also modify common generic flow for RISC-V.
Signed-off-by: Rick Chen <rick@andestech.com>
Signed-off-by: Rick Chen <rickchen36@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Greentime Hu <green.hu@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Add nx25-ae250 board configuartion options for RISC-V
Signed-off-by: Rick Chen <rick@andestech.com>
Signed-off-by: Rick Chen <rickchen36@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Greentime Hu <green.hu@gmail.com>
hc_wp_grp_size is needed only if hardware partitionning is used.
On ARM removing it saves about 30 bytes of code space.
Signed-off-by: Jean-Jacques Hiblot <jjhiblot@ti.com>
This information is only used by the "mmc info" command.
On ARM removing this information from SPL saves about 140 of code space.
Signed-off-by: Jean-Jacques Hiblot <jjhiblot@ti.com>
Also remove erase_grp_size and write_bl_len from struct mmc as they are
not used anymore. On ARM, removing them saves about 100 bytes of code
space in SPL.
Signed-off-by: Jean-Jacques Hiblot <jjhiblot@ti.com>
The content of ssr is useful only for erase operations.
on ARM, removing sd_read_ssr() saves around 300 bytes.
Signed-off-by: Jean-Jacques Hiblot <jjhiblot@ti.com>
Supporting USH and HS200 increases the code size as it brings in IO voltage
control, tuning and fatter data structures.
Use Kconfig configuration to select which of those features should be
built in.
Signed-off-by: Jean-Jacques Hiblot <jjhiblot@ti.com>
* convert to livetree API
* don't fail because of an invalid bus-width, instead default to 1-bit.
* recognize 1.2v DDR and 1.2v HS200 flags
Signed-off-by: Jean-Jacques Hiblot <jjhiblot@ti.com>
Add a new function to parse host controller dt node and
set mmc_config. This function can be used by mmc controller
drivers to set the generic mmc_config.
This function can be extended to set other UHS mode caps
once UHS mode support is added.
Signed-off-by: Kishon Vijay Abraham I <kishon@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Jean-Jacques Hiblot <jjhiblot@ti.com>
HS200/SDR104 requires tuning command to be sent to the card.
Add a simple function to send tuning command and to read and
compare the received data with the tuning block pattern.
This function can be used by platform driver to perform DLL
tuning.
This patch is similar to
commit 996903de92f0 ("mmc: core: add core-level function for
sending tuning commands") added in linux kernel.
Signed-off-by: Kishon Vijay Abraham I <kishon@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Jean-Jacques Hiblot <jjhiblot@ti.com>
HS200 only supports 1.2v and 1.8v signal voltages. DDR52 supports 3.3v/1.8v
or 1.2v signal voltages.
Select the lowest voltage available when using those modes.
Signed-off-by: Jean-Jacques Hiblot <jjhiblot@ti.com>
With certain SD cards like Kingston 8GB/16GB UHS card, it is seen that
MMC_CMD_ALL_SEND_CID cmd fails on first attempt, but succeeds
subsequently. Therefore, retry MMC_CMD_ALL_SEND_CID cmd a few time
as done in Linux kernel.
Similarly, it is seen that MMC_CMD_SET_BLOCKLEN may fail on first
attempt, therefore retry this cmd a few times as done in kernel.
To make it clear that those are optionnal workarounds, a new Kconfig
option 'MMC_QUIRKS' is added (enabled by default).
Signed-off-by: Vignesh R <vigneshr@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Kishon Vijay Abraham I <kishon@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Jean-Jacques Hiblot <jjhiblot@ti.com>
Boot partitions do not support HS200. Changing to a lower performance mode
is required to access them.
mmc_select_mode_and_width() and sd_select_mode_and_width() are modified to
make it easier to call them outside of the initialization context.
Signed-off-by: Jean-Jacques Hiblot <jjhiblot@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
If a power cycle cannot be done on Vcc, it is safer not to try the UHS
modes because we wouldn't be able to recover from an error occurring
during the UHS initialization.
Signed-off-by: Jean-Jacques Hiblot <jjhiblot@ti.com>
Add UHS modes to the list of supported modes, get the UHS capabilites of
the SDcard and implement the procedure to switch the voltage (UHS modes
use 1v8 IO lines)
During the voltage switch procedure, DAT0 is used by the card to signal
when it's ready. The optional card_busy() callback can be used to get this
information from the host driver.
Signed-off-by: Kishon Vijay Abraham I <kishon@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Jean-Jacques Hiblot <jjhiblot@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Add HS200 to the list of supported modes and introduce tuning in the MMC
startup process.
Signed-off-by: Kishon Vijay Abraham I <kishon@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Jean-Jacques Hiblot <jjhiblot@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Tuning is a mandatory step in the initialization of SDR104 and HS200 modes.
This callback execute the tuning process.
Signed-off-by: Kishon Vijay Abraham I <kishon@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Jean-Jacques Hiblot <jjhiblot@ti.com>
mmc clock has to be disabled in certain cases like during
the voltage switch sequence. Modify mmc_set_clock function
to take disable as an argument that signifies if the
clock has to be enabled or disabled.
Signed-off-by: Kishon Vijay Abraham I <kishon@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Jean-Jacques Hiblot <jjhiblot@ti.com>
Add a new callback function *send_init_stream* which start a sequence of
at least 74 clock cycles.
The mmc core uses *mmc_send_init_stream* in order to invoke the callback
function. This will be used during power cycle where the specification
requires such a sequence after power up.
Signed-off-by: Jean-Jacques Hiblot <jjhiblot@ti.com>
Add a new function *mmc_set_signal_voltage* in mmc core
which can be used during mmc initialization to select the
signal voltage. Platform driver should use the set_ios
callback function to select the signal voltage.
Signed-off-by: Kishon Vijay Abraham I <kishon@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Jean-Jacques Hiblot <jjhiblot@ti.com>
set_ios callback has a return value of 'int' but the mmc_set_ios()
function ignore this. Modify mmc_set_ios() and the callers of mmc_set_ios() to
to return the error status.
Signed-off-by: Kishon Vijay Abraham I <kishon@ti.com>
Signed-off-by: Jean-Jacques Hiblot <jjhiblot@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The MMC startup process currently handles 4 modes. To make it easier to
add support for more modes, let's make the process more generic and use a
list of the modes to try.
The major functional change is that when a mode fails we try the next one.
Not all modes are tried, only those supported by the card and the host.
Signed-off-by: Jean-Jacques Hiblot <jjhiblot@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The SDcard startup process currently handles only 2 modes. To make it
easier to add support for more modes, let's make the process more generic
and use a list of the modes to try.
The major functional change is that when a mode fails we try the next one.
Not all modes are tried, only those supported by the card and the host.
Signed-off-by: Jean-Jacques Hiblot <jjhiblot@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This adds a simple helper function to display information (bus width and
mode) based on a capability mask. Useful for debug.
Signed-off-by: Jean-Jacques Hiblot <jjhiblot@ti.com>
no functionnal changes.
In order to add the support for the high speed SD and MMC modes, it is
useful to track this information.
Signed-off-by: Jean-Jacques Hiblot <jjhiblot@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The ext csd is used for comparison many times. Keep a reference content
of the ext csd in the struct mmc to avoid reading multiple times
Signed-off-by: Jean-Jacques Hiblot <jjhiblot@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Get a reference to the regulator devices from the dts and store them
in the struct mmc for later use.
Signed-off-by: Jean-Jacques Hiblot <jjhiblot@ti.com>
Using changes in this patch we were able to reduce approx 8k
size of u-boot-spl.bin image. Following is breif description of
changes to reduce SPL size:
1. Changes in board/freescale/ls1088a/Makefile to remove
compilation of eth.c and cpld.c in case of SPL build.
2. Changes in board/freescale/ls1088a/ls1088a.c to keep
board_early_init_f funcations in case of SPL build.
3. Changes in ls1088a_common.h & ls1088ardb.h to remove driver
specific macros due to which static data was being compiled in
case of SPL build.
Signed-off-by: Sumit Garg <sumit.garg@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: York Sun <york.sun@nxp.com>
Remove duplicate macro CONFIG_FSL_PCIE_RESET and update its comment.
It enables PCIe reset to fix link width 2x - 4x.
Signed-off-by: Bao Xiaowei <xiaowei.bao@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: York Sun <york.sun@nxp.com>
The CONFIG_SYS_DPAA_QBMAN define is used by DPAA1 freescale SOCs to
add device tree fixups that allow deep sleep in Linux. The define was
placed in header files included by a number of boards, but was not
explicitly documented in any of the Kconfigs. A description was added
to the drivers/networking menuconfig and default selection for
current SOCs that have this part
Signed-off-by: Ahmed Mansour <ahmed.mansour@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: York Sun <york.sun@nxp.com>
This patch adds changes necessary to move functionality present in
PowerPC folders with ARM architectures that have DPAA1 QBMan hardware
- Create new board/freescale/common/fsl_portals.c to house shared
device tree fixups for DPAA1 devices with ARM and PowerPC cores
- Add new header file to top includes directory to allow files in
both architectures to grab the function prototypes
- Port inhibit_portals() from PowerPC to ARM. This function is used in
setup to disable interrupts on all QMan and BMan portals. It is
needed because the interrupts are enabled by default for all portals
including unused/uninitialised portals. When the kernel attempts to
go to deep sleep the unused portals prevent it from doing so
Signed-off-by: Ahmed Mansour <ahmed.mansour@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: York Sun <york.sun@nxp.com>
The following config symbols are only defined once and never referenced
anywhere else:
CONFIG_AP325RXA
CONFIG_AP_SH4A_4A
CONFIG_CPU_SH_TYPE_R
CONFIG_ECOVEC
CONFIG_ESPT
CONFIG_MIGO_R
CONFIG_MPR2
CONFIG_MS7720SE
CONFIG_MS7722SE
CONFIG_MS7750SE
CONFIG_R0P7734
CONFIG_R2DPLUS
CONFIG_RSK7203
CONFIG_RSK7264
CONFIG_RSK7269
CONFIG_SH7752EVB
CONFIG_SH7753EVB
CONFIG_SH7757LCR
CONFIG_SH7763RDP
CONFIG_SH7785LCR
Most of them are config symbols named after the respective boards which
seems to have been a standard practice at some point.
Signed-off-by: Tuomas Tynkkynen <tuomas@tuxera.com>
These macros are all defined once and never checked or used anywhere:
CONFIG_MACH_ASPENITE
CONFIG_MACH_DAVINCI_CALIMAIN
CONFIG_MACH_DOCKSTAR
CONFIG_MACH_EDMINIV2
CONFIG_MACH_GOFLEXHOME
CONFIG_MACH_GONI
CONFIG_MACH_GURUPLUG
CONFIG_MACH_KM_KIRKWOOD
CONFIG_MACH_OPENRD_BASE
CONFIG_MACH_SHEEVAPLUG
Almost all of them were only used for the mach_is_foo() logic in
arch/arm/asm/mach-types.h that were dropped in
commit f9dadaef8b ("arm: Re-sync asm/mach-types.h with
Linux Kernel v4.9")
Signed-off-by: Tuomas Tynkkynen <tuomas@tuxera.com>
Add DT nodes to enable ARM_PL180_MMCI IP support for STM32F746
and STM32F769 discovery boards
There is a hardware issue on these boards, it misses a pullup on the GPIO line
used as card detect to allow correct SD card detection.
As workaround, cd-gpios property is not present in DT.
So SD card is always considered present in the slot.
Signed-off-by: Christophe Priouzeau <christophe.priouzeau@st.com>
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This board offers :
_ STM32F469NIH6 microcontroller featuring 2 Mbytes of Flash memory
and 324 Kbytes of RAM in BGA216 package
_ On-board ST-LINK/V2-1 SWD debugger, supporting USB reenumeration capability:
_ Mbed-enabled (mbed.org)
_ USB functions: USB virtual COM port, mass storage, debug port
_ 4 inches 800x480 pixel TFT color LCD with MIPI DSI interface and capacitive
touch screen
_ SAI Audio DAC, with a stereo headphone output jack
_ 3 MEMS microphones
_ MicroSD card connector
_ I2C extension connector
_ 4Mx32bit SDRAM
_ 128-Mbit Quad-SPI NOR Flash
_ Reset and wake-up buttons
_ 4 color user LEDs
_ USB OTG FS with Micro-AB connector
_ Three power supply options:
_ Expansion connectors and Arduino™ UNO V3 connectors
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
Use available DM stm32f7_gpio.c and pinctrl_stm32.c drivers
instead of board GPIO initialization.
Remove stm32_gpio.c which is no more used and migrate
structs stm32_gpio_regs and stm32_gpio_priv into
arch-stm32f4/gpio.h to not break compilation.
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
Remove serial_stm32.c driver and uart init from board file,
use available DM serial_stm32x7.c driver compatible for
STM32F4/F7 and H7 SoCs.
The serial_stm32x7.c driver will be renamed later with a more
generic name as it's shared with all STM32 Socs.
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
Use available DM stm32_sdram.c driver instead of board
SDRAM initialization.
For that, enable OF_CONTROL, OF_EMBED and STM32_SDRAM flags.
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
_ Add gpio compatible and aliases for stm32f429
_ Add FMC sdram node with associated new bindings value to
manage second bank (ie bank 1).
_ Add "u-boot,dm-pre-reloc" for rcc, fmc, fixed-clock, pinctrl,
pwrcfg and gpio nodes.
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
All these files comes from kernel v4.15-rc1.
Update some header with correct STMicroelectronics Copyright.
Remove the paragraph about writing to the Free Software
Foundation's mailing address as requested by checkpatch.
Signed-off-by: Patrice Chotard <patrice.chotard@st.com>
the values of dt_addr_r/kernel_addr_r/ramdisk_addr_r are taken from
the downstream 'u-boot-2017.03-armada-17.10' release.
the chosen values of scriptaddr and pxefile_addr_r are below fdt_addr_r,
in 1MB steps.
Signed-off-by: Andre Heider <a.heider@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Konstantin Porotchkin <kostap@marvell.com>
Signed-off-by: Stefan Roese <sr@denx.de>
I do not see a good reason to do this by a CONFIG option that affects
all SoCs. The ram_size can be adjusted by dram_init() at run-time.
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
The i.MX 6UL/ULL feature a Cortex-A7 CPU which suppor the ARM
generic timer. This change makes use of the ARM generic timer in
U-Boot.
This is crucial to make the ARM generic timers usable in Linux since
timer_init() initalizes the system counter module, which is necessary
to use the generic timers CP15 registers.
Signed-off-by: Stefan Agner <stefan.agner@toradex.com>
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@nxp.com>
The blob_encap and blob_decap functions were not flushing the dcache
before passing data to CAAM/DMA and not invalidating the dcache when
getting data back.
Therefore, blob encapsulation and decapsulation failed with errors like
the following due to data cache incoherency:
"40000006: DECO: desc idx 0: Invalid KEY command"
To ensure coherency, we require the key_mod, src and dst buffers to be
aligned to the cache line size and flush/invalidate the memory regions.
The same requirements apply to the job descriptor.
Tested on an i.MX6Q board.
Reviewed-by: Sumit Garg <sumit.garg@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Clemens Gruber <clemens.gruber@pqgruber.com>
Since commit 051ba9e082 ("Kconfig: mx6ull: Deselect MX6UL from
CONFIG_MX6ULL") CONFIG_MX6ULL does not select CONFIG_MX6UL anymore, so
take this into consideration in all the checks for CONFIG_MX6UL.
This fixes a boot regression.
Reported-by: Stefan Agner <stefan@agner.ch>
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefan Agner <stefan@agner.ch>
Tested-by: Breno Lima <breno.lima@nxp.com>
Tested-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Stefano Babic <sbabic@denx.de>
Tested-by: Jörg Krause <joerg.krause@embedded.rocks>
Boot scripts located in the root directory of the first partition of
USB, mmc, and SATA drives are executed twice: first by the distro boot
command and then by the legacy boot command. This may have weird side
effects if those scripts only change or extend the environment
(including parts of the boot command itself).
Removing the script execution from the legacy boot command has its own
caveats. For instance, the distro boot command may execute the boot.scr
on the mmc drive, then the boot.scr on the SATA drive, before the
legacy boot command actually boots from the mmc drive. However, the
current behavior would only execute the boot.scr once more before the
actual boot, but it does not prevent the script located on the SATA
drive from being executed, and thus, both scripts from being mixed up.
Considering that the legacy boot command is only in place to boot old
(standard) installations, let's go with the resolution having less
custom code and remove the script execution from the legacy boot
command.
Signed-off-by: Christopher Spinrath <christopher.spinrath@rwth-aachen.de>
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@nxp.com>
The current default environment of the cm_fx6 is not suitable for
booting modern distributions.
Instead of extending the custom environment, let's use the distro
boot command, which has been developed for precisely this use case.
If the distro boot command fails, fall back to the old behavior
(except for USB drives where the old behaviour is completely covered
by the distro boot command). That way it is still possible to create
"rescue SD cards" for old installations (e.g. if one messes up the
on-flash environment).
Signed-off-by: Christopher Spinrath <christopher.spinrath@rwth-aachen.de>
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@nxp.com>
In preparation for supporting the distro boot command, introduce the
standard variables for specifying load addresses, which are documented
in README and doc/README.distro, and replace the custom variables
used so far with them.
Since the current address layout disregards an address for an initramfs,
also switch to the load addresses used and proven by other imx6 boards
(e.g. the wandboard and nitrogen6x), instead of going on with our own
way.
Signed-off-by: Christopher Spinrath <christopher.spinrath@rwth-aachen.de>
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@nxp.com>
This is a virtual "board" that uses configuration files and
Kconfig to define the memory layout used by a real board during
the board bring-up process.
It generates an SPL image that can be loaded using imx_usb or
SB_LOADER.exe.
When run, it will generate a set of calibration constants for
use in either or both a DCD configuration file for boards that
use u-boot.imx or struct mx6_mmdc_calibration for boards that
boot via SPL.
In essence, it is a configurable, open-source variant of the
Freescale ddr-stress tool.
https://community.nxp.com/docs/DOC-105652
File mx6memcal_defconfig configures the board for use with
mx6sabresd or mx6qsabreauto.
Signed-off-by: Eric Nelson <eric@nelint.com>
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@nxp.com>
This commit updates the configuration files needed to support OF_CONTROL
on the OMAP3 EVM baseboard.
Additionally:
- CONFIG_SYS_THUMB_BUILD is enabled
- CONFIG_SPL_ENV_SUPPORT is enabled
Tested using GCC 7.2.0 [--with-float=hard --with-mode=thumb].
Signed-off-by: Derald D. Woods <woods.technical@gmail.com>
Currently only imx6sx-sdb.dtb is loaded, but if revA board is used the
correct dtb is imx6sx-sdb-reva.dtb, so make this possible.
While at it, remove an extra 'mmc dev'.
Signed-off-by: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@nxp.com>
There is an #ifdef and #endif with nothing in between. This patch simply
removes this dead/useless code.
Signed-off-by: Adam Ford <aford173@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Fabio Estevam <fabio.estevam@nxp.com>
Freescale (NXP) boards have lots of defconfig files per board.
I used "imply PANIC_HANG" for them.
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
Reviewed-by: York Sun <york.sun@nxp.com>
Linux device tree contains "ethernet" node for all possible
interface supported by SoC i.e. LS1046A.
It is not necessary for a SerDes protocol to support all possible
interface. So disable unavailable "ethernet" node in device tree.
Also, enable FDT_SEQ_MACADDR_FROM_ENV to fetch MAC address
sequentially from environment variables
Signed-off-by: Prabhakar Kushwaha <prabhakar.kushwaha@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: York Sun <york.sun@nxp.com>
"ethernet" node fix-up for device tree happens before Linux boot.
There can be requirement of updating "ethernet" node even before
fix-up. So, add support of updating "ethernet" node.
Signed-off-by: Prabhakar Kushwaha <prabhakar.kushwaha@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: York Sun <york.sun@nxp.com>
The default value of CONFIG_SYS_BOOTM_LEN, 0x800000, causes error
when uncompressing Image.gz out of FIT image.
Uncompressing Kernel Image ... Error: inflate() returned -5
Image too large: increase CONFIG_SYS_BOOTM_LEN
and loading Image out of FIT image.
Loading Kernel Image ... Image too large: increase CONFIG_SYS_BOOTM_LEN
Must RESET board to recover
Signed-off-by: Jagan Teki <jagan@amarulasolutions.com>
Acked-by: Maxime Ripard <maxime.ripard@free-electrons.com>
Use dfu_alt_info_emmc variable from include/environment/ti/dfu.h file.
It was probably overlooked when extracting DFU variables to mentioned
file.
This patch fixes DFU on BeagleBone Black, so that we can use commands
like ones below to upgrade various images on eMMC:
=> setenv dfu_alt_info $dfu_alt_info_emmc
=> dfu 0 mmc 1
$ dfu-util -D MLO -a MLO.raw
$ dfu-util -D u-boot.img -a u-boot.img.raw
Without this patch, the user is forced to assign the value to
dfu_alt_info_emmc manually, which contradicts with instructions [1].
[1] http://processors.wiki.ti.com/index.php/Linux_Core_U-Boot_User%27s_Guide
Signed-off-by: Sam Protsenko <semen.protsenko@linaro.org>
Reviewed-by: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: Lukasz Majewski <lukma@denx.de>
fpga:
- Enable loading bitstream via fit image for !xilinx platforms
zynq:
- Fix SPL SD boot mode
zynqmp:
- Not not reset in panic
- Do not use simple allocator because of fat changes
- Various dt chagnes
- modeboot variable setup
- Fix fpga loading on automotive devices
- Fix coverity issues
test:
- Fix env test for !hush case - Stephen's patch
-----BEGIN PGP SIGNATURE-----
Version: GnuPG v1
iEYEABECAAYFAlo3tMgACgkQykllyylKDCFQvQCfeFgaC/95gx9orLrHxpDx7s46
wwYAmwSoXn6hc9bEzgKIppQHblzfqGU6
=mscK
-----END PGP SIGNATURE-----
Merge tag 'xilinx-for-v2018.01-rc2-v2' of git://www.denx.de/git/u-boot-microblaze
Xilinx changes for v2018.01-rc2-v2
fpga:
- Enable loading bitstream via fit image for !xilinx platforms
zynq:
- Fix SPL SD boot mode
zynqmp:
- Not not reset in panic
- Do not use simple allocator because of fat changes
- Various dt chagnes
- modeboot variable setup
- Fix fpga loading on automotive devices
- Fix coverity issues
test:
- Fix env test for !hush case - Stephen's patch
Increase setup, assertion and hold time related to chip-select signal.
Additional delay is needed for the signal to propogate through FPGA.
This adjustment slightly increase the read and write cycle but has no
impact on burst read or write.
Signed-off-by: York Sun <york.sun@nxp.com>
This commit adds ENV_SIZE and ENV_OFFSET configuration items for
ARCH_ROCKCHIP, but keeps these non-visible (i.e. not prompt is given).
With these new items present, the configuration from the header files
is moved to Kconfig.
Keeping these non-visible is necessary to have the possibility to
select new default values if CONFIG_IS_IN_* is changed (interactively
or with oldconfig). Otherwise it will always be set to a previous
value if used with a prompt. As an example if we do a defconfig with
CONFIG_IS_IN_MMC and change it to CONFIG_IS_IN_SPI_FLASH via
menuconfig, ENV_SIZE and ENV_OFFSET will not be changed to the correct
values as defconfig will already have set them to the default values
of CONFIG_IS_IN_MMC in .config.
Signed-off-by: Klaus Goger <klaus.goger@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
User do not need to access the reserved part in system, remove them
from partition table.
Rename atf to trust as generic name for armv7 do not use ATF.
Signed-off-by: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Acked-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Reviewed-by: Philipp Tomsich <philipp.tomsich@theobroma-systems.com>
Provide a function to remove a handle from the object list
after removing all protocols.
To avoid forward declarations other functions have to move up
in the coding.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
efi_setup_loaded_image() should return an error code indicating if
an error has occurred.
An error occurs if a protocol cannot be installed.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
Add LS1012ARDB RevC/RevC1/RevC2/RevD/RevE information and
detect it when u-boot starts up.
Signed-off-by: Yangbo Lu <yangbo.lu@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: York Sun <york.sun@nxp.com>
This patch is to clean up definitions for I2C IO expanders.
The value 0x10 of __SW_BOOT_EMU is wrong. It should be 0x2.
Fixed it in this patch.
Signed-off-by: Yangbo Lu <yangbo.lu@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: York Sun <york.sun@nxp.com>
This patch is enabling support for SPL QSPI boot.
First of all it is necessary to generate atf-spi.ub which is different
format than atf-uboot.ub (this can be made as legacy image too)
ADDR=`arm-xilinx-linux-gnueabi-readelf -a bl31.elf | grep "Entry point
address" | cut -d ':' -f 2 | sed -e 's/^[ \t]*//'`
aarch64-linux-gnu-objcopy -O binary bl31.elf bl31.bin
./tools/mkimage -f auto -A arm64 -T firmware -C none -O u-boot -a $ADDR
-e $ADDR -n "atf1" -E -b arch/arm/dts/zynqmp-zcu102.dtb -d bl31.bin
atf-uboot.ub
./tools/mkimage -A arm64 -T firmware -C none -O u-boot -a $ADDR -e $ADDR
-n "atf-for-qspi" -E -d bl31.bin atf-spi.ub
This patch is using this QSPI layout with offsets:
0 boot.bin
512k atf-ub
640k u-boot.bin
1280k u-boot.img
Which corresponding by writing these images(read from MMC)
mmcinfo
sf probe
load mmc 0 10000000 boot.bin
sf erase 0 +$filesize
sf write 10000000 0 $filesize
load mmc 0 10000000 atf-spi.ub
sf erase 0x80000 +$filesize
sf write 10000000 0x80000 $filesize
load mmc 0 10000000 u-boot.bin
sf erase 0xa0000 +$filesize
sf write 10000000 0xa0000 $filesize
load mmc 0 10000000 u-boot.img
sf erase 0x140000 +$filesize
sf write 10000000 0x140000 $filesize
For testing u-boot running in EL3 you can break atf-spi.ub like this:
sf probe
sf erase 0x80000 +4
Then u-boot.img is executed.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
This was caused by: "fs/fat: Reduce stack usage"
(sha1:2460098cffacd18729262e3ed36656e6943783ed) which converted
fat code to use malloc. But simple malloc is not freeing space
that's why full malloc implementation is needed.
Malloc space is added to RAM.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Do not perform reset when panic happens because in the next reset
panic happens again and logs are overflood by the same errors.
This can be enabled by default and reset can be performed via watchdog.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
This patch is fixing two issues:
1. Insufficient stack size for fat fs buffers
2. Insufficient space in malloc area
Tested on zc702 and zc706.
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
This drops the limit that fpga is only loaded from FIT images for Xilinx.
This is done by moving the 'partial' check from 'common/image.c' to
'drivers/fpga/xilinx.c' (the only driver supporting partial images yet)
and supplies a weak default implementation in 'drivers/fpga/fpga.c'.
Signed-off-by: Simon Goldschmidt <sgoldschmidt@de.pepperl-fuchs.com>
Tested-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com> (On zcu102)
Signed-off-by: Michal Simek <michal.simek@xilinx.com>
Include common config_distro_defaults.h and config_distro_bootcmd.h
for u-boot enviroments to support automatical distro boot which
scan boot.scr from external storage devices(e.g. SD and USB)
and execute autoboot script.
Signed-off-by: Bhaskar Upadhaya <Bhaskar.Upadhaya@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Rajesh Bhagat <rajesh.bhagat@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: York Sun <york.sun@nxp.com>
Include common config_distro_defaults.h and config_distro_bootcmd.h
for u-boot enviroments to support automatical distro boot which
scan boot.scr from external storage devices(e.g. SD and USB)
and execute autoboot script.
Signed-off-by: Bhaskar Upadhaya <Bhaskar.Upadhaya@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Rajesh Bhagat <rajesh.bhagat@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: York Sun <york.sun@nxp.com>
The BRDCFG5[SPISDHC] register field of Qixis device is used
to control SPI and SDHC signal routing.
10 = Force SDHC Mode
- SPI_CS[0] is routed to CPLD for SDHC_VS use.
- SPI_CS[1] is unused.
- SPI_CS[2:3] are routed to the TDMRiser slot.
11 = Force eMMC Mode
- SPI_CS[0:3] are routed to the eMMC card.
0X = Auto Mode
- If SDHC_CS_B=0 (SDHC card installed): Use SDHC mode
described above.
- Else SDHC_CS_B=1 (no SDHC card installed): Use eMMC
mode described above.
In default the hardware uses auto mode, but sometimes we need
to use force SDHC mode to support SD card hotplug, or SD sleep
waking up in kernel. This patch is to support force SDHC mode
by hwconfig.
Signed-off-by: Yangbo Lu <yangbo.lu@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: York Sun <york.sun@nxp.com>
Texas Instrument's TPS65910 PMIC contains 3 buck DC-DC converts, one
boost DC-DC converter and 8 LDOs. This patch implements driver model
support for the TPS65910 PMIC and its regulators making the get/set
API for regulator value/enable available.
This patch depends on the patch "am33xx: Add a function to query MPU
voltage in uV" to build correctly. For boards relying on the DT
include file tps65910.dtsi the v3 patch "power: extend prefix match
to regulator-name property" and an appropriate regulator naming is
also required.
Signed-off-by: Felix Brack <fb@ltec.ch>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
This patch extends pmic_bind_children prefix matching. In addition to
the node name the property regulator-name is used while trying to match
prefixes. This allows assigning different drivers to regulator nodes
named regulator@1 and regulator@10 for example.
I have discarded the idea of using other properties then regulator-name
as I do not see any benefit in using property compatible or even
regulator-compatible. Of course I am open to change this if there are
good reasons to do so.
Signed-off-by: Felix Brack <fb@ltec.ch>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Allow SPL to access binman symbols and use this to get the address of
U-Boot. This falls back to CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE if the binman symbol
is not available.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Binman construct images consisting of multiple binary files. These files
sometimes need to know (at run timme) where their peers are located. For
example, SPL may want to know where U-Boot is located in the image, so
that it can jump to U-Boot correctly on boot.
In general the positions where the binaries end up after binman has
finished packing them cannot be known at compile time. One reason for
this is that binman does not know the size of the binaries until
everything is compiled, linked and converted to binaries with objcopy.
To make this work, we add a feature to binman which checks each binary
for symbol names starting with '_binman'. These are then decoded to figure
out which entry and property they refer to. Then binman writes the value
of this symbol into the appropriate binary. With this, the symbol will
have the correct value at run time.
Macros are used to make this easier to use. As an example, this declares
a symbol that will access the 'u-boot-spl' entry to find the 'pos' value
(i.e. the position of SPL in the image):
binman_sym_declare(unsigned long, u_boot_spl, pos);
This converts to a symbol called '_binman_u_boot_spl_prop_pos' in any
binary that includes it. Binman then updates the value in that binary,
ensuring that it can be accessed at runtime with:
ulong u_boot_pos = binman_sym(ulong, u_boot_spl, pos);
This assigns the variable u_boot_pos to the position of SPL in the image.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
For external data, FIT has a optional property "data-position" which
can set the external data to a fixed offset to FIT beginning.
Add the support for this property in SPL FIT.
Signed-off-by: Ye Li <ye.li@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Peng Fan <peng.fan@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Tomas Melin <tomas.melin@vaisala.com>
Cc: Pantelis Antoniou <pantelis.antoniou@konsulko.com>
Cc: "Andrew F. Davis" <afd@ti.com>
Cc: Igor Grinberg <grinberg@compulab.co.il>
Cc: "tomas.melin@vaisala.com" <tomas.melin@vaisala.com>
Cc: Kever Yang <kever.yang@rock-chips.com>
Cc: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Cc: York Sun <york.sun@nxp.com>
Cc: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
Cc: "Cooper Jr., Franklin" <fcooper@ti.com>
Cc: George McCollister <george.mccollister@gmail.com>
Cc: Tuomas Tynkkynen <tuomas.tynkkynen@iki.fi>
Cc: Jean-Jacques Hiblot <jjhiblot@ti.com>
Cc: Rick Altherr <raltherr@google.com>
Cc: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Reviewed-by: Lokesh Vutla <lokeshvutla@ti.com>
Reviewed-by: York Sun <york.sun@nxp.com>
The Micron Flash is locked by default. This will automaticlly
unlock so manually unlocking is unnecessary in U-Boot.
Signed-off-by: Adam Ford <aford173@gmail.com>
This symbol enables some library code used by various SATA drivers,
so make this a non-user-visible symbol select'ed by the respective
drivers, and let moveconfig handle the rest.
Signed-off-by: Tuomas Tynkkynen <tuomas.tynkkynen@iki.fi>
Use 'imply' here liberally to avoid the combinatorial explosion of
defconfig changes in the PowerPC boards.
Signed-off-by: Tuomas Tynkkynen <tuomas.tynkkynen@iki.fi>
Use 'imply' here liberally to avoid the combinatorial explosion of
defconfig changes in the PowerPC boards.
Signed-off-by: Tuomas Tynkkynen <tuomas.tynkkynen@iki.fi>
Synopsys HSDK clock controller generates and supplies clocks to various
controllers and peripherals within the SoC.
Each clock has assigned identifier and client device tree nodes can use
this identifier to specify the clock which they consume. All available
clocks are defined as preprocessor macros in the
dt-bindings/clock/snps,hsdk-cgu.h header and can be used in device
tree sources.
Signed-off-by: Eugeniy Paltsev <Eugeniy.Paltsev@synopsys.com>
Signed-off-by: Alexey Brodkin <abrodkin@synopsys.com>
Add bits to support yet another board, the R8A77995 D3 Draak.
The DT file is from Linux 4.15-rc1 , commit
b35334447513c14a4dd55a67c269a743d4a4824b .
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Cc: Nobuhiro Iwamatsu <iwamatsu@nigauri.org>
Add bits to support yet another board, the R8A77970 V3M Eagle.
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Cc: Nobuhiro Iwamatsu <iwamatsu@nigauri.org>
Add bits to support yet another SoC, the R8A77995 D3 .
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Cc: Nobuhiro Iwamatsu <iwamatsu@nigauri.org>
Add bits to support yet another SoC, the R8A77970 V3M .
Signed-off-by: Marek Vasut <marek.vasut+renesas@gmail.com>
Cc: Nobuhiro Iwamatsu <iwamatsu@nigauri.org>
This does not appear to be used by any boards. Before introducing a new
log system, remove this old one.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
Before adding new features, move these definitions to a separate header
to avoid further cluttering common.h.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Reviewed-by: Bin Meng <bmeng.cn@gmail.com>
While sandbox works OK without the special-case code, it does result in
console output being stored in the pre-console buffer while sandbox starts
up. If there is a crash or a problem then there is no indication of what
is going on.
For ease of debugging it seems better to revert this change.
This reverts commit 47b98ad0f6.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
The partitions variable is especially useful to create a partition table
from U-Boot, either directly from the U-Boot shell, or through flashing
tools like fastboot and its oem format command.
This is especially useful on devices with an eMMC you can't take out to
flash from another system, and booting a Linux system first to flash our
system then is not really practical.
Reviewed-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Signed-off-by: Maxime Ripard <maxime.ripard@free-electrons.com>
On some SoCs, the SPL needs to be located right in the middle of the GPT
partition entries.
One way to work around that is to create partition entries for a smaller
number of partitions to accomodate with where the SPL will be. Create a
Kconfig option to allow to do that.
Reviewed-by: Andre Przywara <andre.przywara@arm.com>
Reviewed-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
Signed-off-by: Maxime Ripard <maxime.ripard@free-electrons.com>
Add fall back option, to boot from NOR/QSPI/SD for LS1043, LS1046,
LS1021 in case of distro boot failure.
For LS1046, add kernel validation in case of secure boot in sd_bootcmd
and qspi_bootcmd. For LS1043 and LS1021, add kernel validation in case
of secure boot in sd_bootcmd, qspi_bootcmdand nor_bootcmd.
Signed-off-by: Vinitha Pillai <vinitha.pillai@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: York Sun <york.sun@nxp.com>
Validates PPA, MC, DPC, Bootscript, DPL and Kernel images in ESBC
phase using esbc_validate command.
Enable validation of boot.scr script prior to its execution dependent
on "secureboot" flag in environment
Add header address for PPA to be validated during ESBC phase for
LS1088A platform based on LAyerscape Chasis 3.
Moves sec_init prior to ppa_init as for validation of PPA sec must
be initialised before the PPA is initialised.
Signed-off-by: Udit Agarwal <udit.agarwal@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Vinitha Pillai-B57223 <vinitha.pillai@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Sumit Garg <sumit.garg@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: York Sun <york.sun@nxp.com>
Kernel is now located at 0x1000000 instead of 0xa00000
and envirorment variables are located at 3MB offset instead of
2MB in Flash.
Signed-off-by: Bhaskar Upadhaya <Bhaskar.Upadhaya@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: York Sun <york.sun@nxp.com>
Existing MC driver framework is based on MC-9.x.x flib. This patch
migrates MC obj (DPBP, DPNI, DPRC, DPMAC etc) to use latest MC flib
which is MC-10.3.0.
Changes introduced due to migration:
1. To get OBJ token, pair of create and open API replaces create APIs
2. Pair of close and destroy APIs replaces destroy APIs
3. For version read, get_version APIs replaces get_attributes APIs
4. dpni_get/reset_statistics APIs replaces dpni_get/set_counter APIs
5. Simplifies struct dpni_cfg and removes dpni_extended_cfg struct
6. Single API dpni_get_buffer_layout/set_buffer_layout replaces
dpni_get_rx/set_rx, tx related, tx_conf_buffer_layout related APIs.
New API takes a queue type as an argument.
7. Similarly dpni_get_queue/set_queue replaces
dpni_get_rx_flow/set_rx_flow , tx_flow related, tx_conf related
APIs
Signed-off-by: Yogesh Gaur <yogeshnarayan.gaur@nxp.com>
Signed-off-by: Priyanka Jain <priyanka.jain@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: York Sun <york.sun@nxp.com>
This issue is exposed after commit 9000eddbae ("drivers/usb/ehci:
Use platform-specific accessors"), the wrong endianness of EHCI
controller programing will cause USB function down.
Signed-off-by: Ran Wang <ran.wang_1@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: York Sun <york.sun@nxp.com>
This issue is exposed after commit 9000eddbae ("drivers/usb/ehci:
Use platform-specific accessors"), the wrong endianness of EHCI
controller programing will cause USB function down.
Signed-off-by: Ran Wang <ran.wang_1@nxp.com>
Reviewed-by: York Sun <york.sun@nxp.com>
Odroid HC1 board is based on Odroid XU4 board, but it has no HDMI,
no eMMC, no build-in USB3.0 hub, no extension port pins, and no GPIO
button. USB3.0 ports are used for build-in JMicron USB to SATA bridge
and Gigabit R8152 ethernet chips. HC1 uses only passive cooling.
This patch also updates Odroid's ADCmax array and reduces ADC tolerance
to 1% to ensure that XU4 and HC1 revisions are properly detected.
I've tested this with XU3, XU3-lite, XU4 and HC1 boards. In case of my test
boards I got following values from ADC register: 372, 370, 1281 and 1313.
Signed-off-by: Marek Szyprowski <m.szyprowski@samsung.com>
Reviewed-by: Lukasz Majewski <lukma@denx.de>
Tested-by: Krzysztof Kozlowski <krzk@kernel.org>
Signed-off-by: Minkyu Kang <mk7.kang@samsung.com>
[primary] Check MMC 0:1 for /extlinux/extlinux.conf and boot
[fallback 1] Check MMC 0:1 zImage and run mmcbootz
[fallback 2] Check MMC 0:1 uImage and run mmcboot
[fallback 3] Check NAND partitions and run nandboot
If 'extlinux.conf' is not found on MMC 0, the previous boot behavior is
followed.
Signed-off-by: Derald D. Woods <woods.technical@gmail.com>
As discussed at [1], the Amlogic Meson GX SoCs can embed a BL31 firmware
and a secondary BL32 firmware.
Since mid-2017, the reserved memory address of the BL31 firmware was moved
and grown for security reasons.
But mainline U-Boot and Linux has the old address and size fixed.
These SoCs have a register interface to get the two firmware reserved
memory start and sizes.
This patch adds a dynamic reservation of the memory zones in the device tree bootmem
reserved memory zone used by the kernel in early boot.
To be complete, the memory zones are also added to the EFI reserved zones.
Depends on patchset "Add support for Amlogic GXL Based SBCs" at [2].
[1] http://lists.infradead.org/pipermail/linux-amlogic/2017-October/004860.html
[2] http://lists.infradead.org/pipermail/linux-amlogic/2017-November/005410.html
Changes since v1:
- switched the #if to if(IS_ENABLED()) to compile all code paths
- renamed function to meson_board_add_reserved_memory()
- added a mem.h header with comment
- updated all boards ft_board_setup()
Changes since RFC v2:
- reduced preprocessor load
- kept Odroid-C2 static memory mapping as exception
Changes since RFC v1:
- switch to fdt rsv mem table and efi reserve memory
- replaced in_le32 by readl()
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Neil Armstrong <narmstrong@baylibre.com>
[trini: Fix warning on khadas-vim over missing <asm/arch/mem.h>
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This adds platform code for the Khadas VIM board based on a
Meson GXL (S905X) SoC with the Meson GXL configuration.
This initial submission supports UART, MMC/SDCard and Ethernet with the
Internal RMII PHY.
The meson-gxl-s905x-khadas-vim.dts is synchronised from the linux 4.13
stable tree as of 4.13.8.
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Neil Armstrong <narmstrong@baylibre.com>
This adds platform code for the Libre Computer CC "Le Potato" board based on a
Meson GXL (S905X) SoC with the Meson GXL configuration.
This initial submission supports UART, MMC/SDCard and Ethernet with the
Internal RMII PHY.
The meson-gxl-s905x-libretech-cc.dts is synchronised from the linux 4.13
stable tree as of 4.13.8.
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Neil Armstrong <narmstrong@baylibre.com>
Adjust this test to use the unit test framework. Drop the two existing
commands for running the tests and replace them with a single
'ut compression' command, with sub-commands.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
[trini: Continue to have ret = run_test_internal(...) in run_test so ret
is always initialized]
Signed-off-by: Tom Rini <trini@konsulko.com>
This header was renamed to rawnand.h in Linux.
The following is the corresponding commit in Linux.
commit d4092d76a4a4e57b65910899948a83cc8646c5a5
Author: Boris Brezillon <boris.brezillon@free-electrons.com>
Date: Fri Aug 4 17:29:10 2017 +0200
mtd: nand: Rename nand.h into rawnand.h
We are planning to share more code between different NAND based
devices (SPI NAND, OneNAND and raw NANDs), but before doing that
we need to move the existing include/linux/mtd/nand.h file into
include/linux/mtd/rawnand.h so we can later create a nand.h header
containing all common structure and function prototypes.
Signed-off-by: Masahiro Yamada <yamada.masahiro@socionext.com>
The logic to either iterate through a list of tests or pick a named test
is common to at lest two test suits. Move this logic into a new function
and call it from the environment tests.
Signed-off-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
To avoid duplicate coding provide a helper function that
initializes an EFI object and adds it to the EFI object
list.
efi_exit() is the only place where we dereference a handle
to obtain a protocol interface. Add a comment to the function.
Suggested-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
Reviewed-by: Simon Glass <sjg@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
Use helper functions efi_created_handle and efi_add_protocol
for creating the console handles and instaling the respective
protocols.
This change is needed if we want to move from an array of
protocols to a linked list of protocols.
Eliminate EFI_PROTOCOL_OBJECT which is not used anymore.
Currently we have not defined protocol interfaces to be const.
So efi_con_out and efi_console_control cannot be defined as const.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
This patch provides helper functions to manage protocols.
efi_search_protocol - find a protocol on a handle
efi_add_protocol - install a protocol on a handle
efi_remove_protocol - remove a protocol from a handle
efi_remove_all_protocols - remove all protocols from a handle
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
Use efi_uintn_t instead of unsigned long.
EFI_GRAPHICS_OUTPUT_BLT_OPERATION is an enum. If we don't
define an enum we have to pass it as u32.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
The argument of efi_search_obj is not changed so it should
be marked as const.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
efi_dp_match does not change its arguments.
So they should be marked as const.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
EFI_HANDLEs are used both in boottime and in runtime services.
efi_search_obj is a function that can be used to validate
handles. So let's make it accessible via efi_loader.h.
We can simplify the coding using list_for_each_entry.
Signed-off-by: Heinrich Schuchardt <xypron.glpk@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: Alexander Graf <agraf@suse.de>
